Home

ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller User Manual

1. e 281 5 11 32 Lie 13 114 691 Les 0 0 DEEP I i 8 1 WO NS i T Installation and Wiring 2 19 Dimensions for Bulletin 1000 Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not Safety Product intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 15 Dimensions for 7 5 Hp 5 5 kW and 10 Hp 7 5 kW 460V AC IP67 NEMA Type 4 with ArmorConnect Connectivity CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATING MECHANISM 795 9 131 381 EMI a RESET KEYPAD a ol t 1 0 MODULE fl Se 14 4 816 3 6 001 08 1 35 751 134 501 MOUNTING FOOT SLOTS PADLOCKING DEFEATER HANDLE id U u UN ES cT
2. 420 38 16 55 211 290 30 5 Ln E1142 11201 236 191 Ael 3 2n Mia 3 Ss o WH TT TT D il zie 5 Slo alll ee Altonstoedlog m a 110 551 e A ns Jou sea 11 32 EO FP ex uM SE ere 9 o e Hi o p ERU E T ur ET INE P m E 3 E 6 1 211 _ 3 02 UI Installation and Wiring 2 7 Dimensions for Bulletin 284G 290 111 421 Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 4 Dimensions for 2 2 kW and above 460V AC IP67 NEMA Type 4 with ArmorConnect connectivity 2H n 236 181
3. Parameter Number 116 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 01 Minimum Value 1 00 Maximum Value 99 99 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 117 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 1001 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 118 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 210 hrs Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 119 Related Parameter 202 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Hex Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value FFFF Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 120 Related Parameter 210 211 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 096 Maximum Value 100 0 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 121 4 24 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Output Power The output power present at T1 T2 and T3 Output Power Fctr The angle in electrical degrees between motor voltage and current Drive Temp Present operating temperature of the drive power section Counter Status The current value of the counter when counter is enabled Timer Status The current value of the timer when timer is enabled Parameter Number 1
4. F 6 Troubleshiootirig tenere ie ete tide F 7 Renewal Parts so eL G 1 Exclusive Control eerte rne H 1 TRI decet tovc te m a ete E H 2 PID Reference H 3 PID Deadbard 5 x nri rete e e be rn H 3 PID Preload essent H 4 eee ee tates H 4 PID GAINS teats avant metere testet H 4 Guidelines For Adjusting PID H 5 Step Logic Using Timed Steps esee 1 2 Step Logic Using Basic Logic Functions 1 3 Timer FUNCTION einn l 4 ae a aee Duci E T 1 4 Step Logic l 5 Introduction Description Safety ArmorStart Chapter 1 Product Overview This chapter provides a brief overview of the features and functionality of the Bulletin 280G 281G and 284G ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers are integrated pre engineered starters with Bulletin 280G 281G for full voltage and reversing applications and Bulletin 284G for variable frequency AC drives applications The ArmorStart offers a robust
5. Dimensions for Bulletin 1000 Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not Continued intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 6 Dimensions for 15 Hp 11 kW 460V AC IP67 NEMA Type 4 with ArmorConnect Connectivity TE GPCRATING MECHANISM 131 381 il iim RESET KEYPAD m B i 1 0 MODULE E 38 001 DEFEATER HANDLE A 8 J z FRONT VIEW 152 4 254 6 001 10 001 m 216 2 e 10 871 428 6 UT 816 3 34 501 MOUNTING FOOT SLOTS A fU 4 406 MTG SLOTS 110 31 155 IMOUNTING FOOT SLOTS 129 75 BACK VIEW MOUNT ING 2 10 Installation and Wiring Figure 2 7 Bulletin 284G ArmorStart CN CN Local Disconnect LED Status Indication POWER RUN 1 a reser c e NETWORK FAULT Allen Bradley 6 Inputs Micro M12 Control Brake Connector DeviceNet Connection Mini M18 i Motor Control Power Ground 3 Phase Dynamic Receptacle Terminal Receptacle Brake Connector Connector Installation and Wiring Figure 2 8 Bulletin 1000 ArmorStart CN RESET KEYPAD 1 0 MODULE CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATING MECHANISM m 2 QUARTER TURN LATCH DOUBL
6. 30 5 11 201 L 4 WI CX In REN RREN 9 iQ eo bri e of 23 2 16 Installation and Wiring Dimensions for Bulletin 281G Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not Safety Product intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 12 Dimensions for Bulletin 281G Safety Product 210 ti 234 9 m Ty e e D o e e e 195 7 68 Installation and Wiring 2 17 Dimensions for Bulletin 284G Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not Safety Product intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All d
7. 9 3 OVeri UE TeliL 223 0525 os Dae et sts a io aes ote ee as ote ree tas 9 4 DeviceNet Power LOSS 9 4 Internal Communication 9 4 DGBU s Fault INL 9 4 EEPROM Fault 2 eet 9 4 Hardware Fault esee 9 4 Restart Retries inet eet dede 9 4 Miscellaneous Faults ccccccccsccsscsscsscsecsecseeseessecseeeeseeeas 9 4 Introduction cor 10 1 Bulletin 280G 281G Troubleshooting 10 2 Bulletin 284G Troubleshooting eene 10 5 Fault Definitions 2 eie iia Be ee 10 5 Operation and Troubleshooting of the DB1 Dynamic Brake 10 7 Internal Drive 10 10 DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures 10 14 Control Module Replacement Bulletin 2806 2816 10 15 Control Module Replacement Bulletin 2846G 10 16 Base Module Replacement Bulletin 2806 28160 10 17 Base Module Replacement Bulletin 2846 10 19 Bulletin 280G 281G Specifications A 1 Bulletin 284G Specifications
8. Net Input 15 Network Outputs Parameter Number 3 Access Rule GET This parameter provides status of Data Type WORD network outputs 7 Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Function Net Output 0 Net Output 1 Net Output 2 Net Output 3 Net Output 4 Net Output 5 Net Output 6 Net Output 7 Net Output 8 Net Output 9 Net Output 10 Net Output 11 Net Output 12 Net Output 13 Trip Status This parameter provides trip identification Parameter Number Net Output 14 4 Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 13 12 10 Function Short Circuit Overload Phase Loss Reserved Reserved Control Power 1 0 Fault Over Temperature Phase Imbalance Dnet Power Loss Reserved Reserved EEprom HW Fault Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters 3 5 Starter Status Parameter Number 5 Access Rule GET This parameter provides the Data Type WORD status of the starter
9. 2 17 Bulletin 1000 Safety 2 19 Safety Terminal Designations 2 26 ArmorConnect Power Media 2 29 Description de ten ide aet 2 29 ArmorStart with ArmorConnect Connectivity 2 30 Terminal Designations eser 2 30 ArmorStart Safety with ArmorConnect Connectivity 2 31 Terminal Designations eese 2 31 ArmorConnect Cable Ratings 2 2 31 Branch Circuit Protection Requirements for ArmorConnect Three Phase Power Media 2 32 Group Motor Installations for USA and Canada Markets 2 32 ii Table of Contents Chapter 3 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Chapter 4 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 DeviceNet Commissioning Wiring and Workmanship Guidelines 2 32 DeviceNet Network Installation 2 33 Other DeviceNet System Design Considerations 2 34 Electromagnetic Compatibility 2 35 General Notes Bulletin 284G
10. 2 35 Grounding ecesesescessescssssesscsesssseceesaesesseseesansaseeseesansaeeesenss 2 35 WINING soe eade be T a 2 35 Introduction ee 3 1 Parameter Programming 3 1 Parameter Group Listing seen 3 2 DeviceLogix M Group eeeeeeeeeeennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 3 2 DeviceNet Group essen eterne nnn nnns 3 7 Starter Protection Group 3 10 User W O n Dee ar n eds 3 14 MISC ciim ete endete eet e reet ed 3 14 ZIP Parameters a herida 3 16 Starter Display visiiti e nde tas 3 23 JC El c r 3 24 Introduction 4 1 Parameter Programming 4 1 Parameter Group Listing ccccscssessesssssssssesssssessssessesseseseeseesars 4 2 DeviceLogix M Group e nnne 4 3 DeviceNet Group essen enema in 4 8 Starter Protection Group 2 4 12 User W O e metes 4 15 Miscellaneous Group enses tenente 4 16 Drive DeviceNet Group 4 18 Display ee ertet rr Pe ferens 4 20 Basic Program Group
11. CLASS CODE 0x0009 Point Object Table B 39 Discrete Output Point Object Class Attributes 1 Get Revision UINT 1 2 Get Max Instance UINT 2 Four instances of the Discrete Output Point Object are supported The following table summarizes the DOP instances Table B 40 Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes Instance ID Name te Description Mapping Run Forward output For all starter 1 Run Fwd Output 0029 01 03 types this output is hard wired from the ArmorStart CPU to the actuator Run Reverse output For all starter 2 Run Rev Output 0029 01 04 types this output is hard wired from the ArmorStart CPU to the actuator Reserved none Reserved none All instances contain the following attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0N 5 Get Set Fault Action BOOL 0 Fault Value attribute 1 Hold Last State 6 Get Set Fault Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 ON 7 Get Set Idle Action BOOL 0 Fault Value attribute 1 Hold Last State 8 Get Set Idle Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0N 113 Get Set 2 Pr Fault Action BOOL 0 Pr Fault Value attribute 1 Ignore 114 Get Set Pr Fault Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 ON 115 Get Set Force Enable BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enable 116 Get Set Force Value BOOL O OFF 1 0N For DOP instances 1 and 2 attributes 113 and 114 have Get only access and their values are always 0 The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Point
12. Control Rated Operation Voltage Safety Products only 24V DC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source Circuit 120V AC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source Rated Short Circuit 1 SCPD 10 A circuit breaker or equivalent Rate Insulation Voltage 250V Rated Impulsed Voltage 4kV Dielectric Withstand 2000V AC Overvoltage Category Operating Frequency 50 60 Hz Short Circuit Current Rating Voltage 480Y 277V 1 0 5 2 5 A Protection SCPD Performance Type 1 i3 ERA TES 65kA 3 2 16A 30kA SCPD Fuses only fuse types J CC and T 100 A maximum SCPD UL 489 Circuit Breakers 100 A maximum Safety Products Only C10 Base 100 A maximum C25 Base 60 A maximum SCPD List Size per NEC Group Motor Power Requirements Units Control Voltage Non Safety Products Safety Products 120V AC 50 60 Hz 24V DC Contactor Pick Up 0 58 plus the motor brake current 1 09 Contactor Hold In 0 08 plus the motor brake current 30 120V AC Brake Pick Up motor brake pick up current 120V AC Brake Hold In motor brake hold in current Total Control Power Pick Up VA W 26 Total Control Power Hold In VA W 9 7 2 Input Ratings Rated Operation Voltage 24V DC Input On State Voltage Range 10 26V DC 3 0 mA 10V DC Input On state Current 72 24V DC Input Off state Voltage Range 0 5V DC Input Off state
13. 38 6 1 52 38 6 A 12 Specifications Table 1 B Power Tees and Reducers Description Assembly Rating Color Code Cat No M35 3 Phase Power Tee 4 pole 25A A 280 T35 Specifications Pinout and Color Code Mechanical Coupling Nut Black Anodized Aluminum or 316 Stainless Steel Housing Black PVC Insert Black PVC Electrical Face View Pinout Trunk Tee 25 A Contacts Copper Alloy with Gold over Nickel Plating 4 pin Voltage 600V AC DC Trunk Tee 25 A Reducing Tee Trunk 25 A Drop 15 A 1 Reducer 15 A Assembly Rating Symmetrical Amps RMS Fault 65 when used with Class CC T or J type fuses or 100 A circuit breaker Female Male Environmental Color Code 1 Black 3 Red A 2 Green Yellow Extended PIN 4 White Enclosure Type Rating IP67 NEMA 4 IP69K 1200 psi washdown Certifications UL Listed File No E318496 Guide PVVA Standards Compliance UL 2237 Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes and are subject to change Power Tee 108 0 4 25 NEN 43 RED 1 EXTENDED PIN 2 NT 1 BLACK E f2 GREEN YELLOW KEYWAY y G
14. sess A 6 ArmorConnect Three Phase Power Media A 11 Patchcords 11 Power Tees amp Reducer A 12 Power Receptacles A 13 Electronic Data Sheets cccscceccessssscsscescssscsecseeseessecsecseeseesasees B 1 DOL Type Product Codes and Name Strings B 1 DOL Reversing Type Product Codes and Name String B 2 DeviceNet Objects essen B 2 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Table of Contents Identity Object CLASS CODE 0 0001 B 3 Identity Objects 3 Message Router CLASS CODE 0 0002 B 3 DeviceNet Object CLASS CODE 0x0003 B 4 Assembly Object CLASS CODE 0 0004 B 5 Custom Parameter Based Word wise 1 0 Assemblies B 5 Word wise Bit Packed Assemblies B 6 Standard Distributed Motor Controller 1 0 Assemblies B 7 Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed Assemblie
15. Net Out COS Mask Parameter Number 20 This parameter sets the bit that will trigger a COS message on the network output Access Rule GET SET Data Type WORD Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Bit Function 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 3 2 Em Net Output 0 Net Output 1 ET EX Em X Net Output 2 E mE X Net Output 3 MES Net Output 4 m Hen Net Output 5 m EX Net Output 6 Z X Net Output 7 X mes Net Output 8 i 2 X Net Output 9 ES X am Net Output 10 X Net Output 11 E X m me E Net Output 12 zm X x Net Output 13 X Net Output 14 Dnet Voltage Parameter Number 21 This parameter provides the voltage measurement for the DeviceNet network Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group DeviceNet Units V Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 6500 Default Value 0 4 12 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Starter Protection Group Breaker Type Paramete
16. _ il e E in 4 408 MTG SLOTS FRONT ATEM 110 31 755 MOUNTING FOOT SLOTS 6 001 10 001 o sog BACK VIEN 10 87 ME MOUNTING pe 428 6 116 871 DB RESISTOR BRAKE OUTPUT S01 SAFETY OUT 511 SAFETY IN a x X m C CORDO HOLE PLUG Em 34 9 9 66 LL 6 6 63 63 5 oO m 12750 15 001 FE 61 5 12 801 TEE Sh ARMORSTART POWER as 1 2 CONDUIT HOLE PLUG 12150 258 8 152 4 258 8 110 191 16 001 110 13 Installation and Wiring 2 21 Figure 2 17 Bulletin 280G Safety ArmorStart CN Local Disconnect A 7 N LED Status Indication f POWER RUN yy peser m e NETWORK FAULT 6 Inputs 4 Allen Bradley DeviceNet Connection Mini M18 2 6 r II I CO
17. Attribute Data ID Access Name Type Value State 0 non existent 1 configuring oet USINT 5 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 1 0 Connection Transport Class Trigger 0x82 Server Transport Class 2 If SUAE 3 Get USINT alloc choice polled and ack suppression is enabled then value 0x80 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT 01111 XXXXXX node address 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 10 101 XXXXXX node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x21 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0 8 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0 8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds Watchdog Action 0 transition to timed out 12 Get Set USINT dci deleto 2 auto reset Produced Connection Path 8 13 Get Length UINT Produced Connection Path 21 04 00 25 assy inst 14 Get Set 00 30 03 Consumed Connection Path 8 15 Get Length UINT Consumed Connection Path 21 04 00 25 assy inst 16 Get Set 00 30 03 Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 15 Instance 4 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Change of State Cyclic I O Message Connection The following Instance 4 attributes are supported Table C 37 Connection Object Instance 4 Attributes Attribute Access Name Data Value ID Rule Type State 0 non existent 1 configuring USINT 5 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance
18. A1 A2 SM 3 Phase Power Motor Control Power Receptacle Connection Control Brake Receptacle 2 22 Installation and Wiring Figure 2 18 Bulletin 281G Safety ArmorStart Local Disconnect lx H LED Status H Indication POWER RUN p e e eser t NETWORK a T 6 Inputs A Micro M12 Allen Bradley DeviceNet Connection s Mini M18 Qo WAU a TI EL p C2 e C E Control Brake SM ATA 3 Phase Power Motor Receptacle Connection Control Power Installation and Wiring 2 23 Figure 2 19 Bulletin 284G Safety ArmorStart N Local Disconnect LED Status Indication POWER RN a ca reser ET NETWORK FAULT 6 Inputs Allen Bradley Micro M12 DeviceNet Connection Mini M18 EN Control Brake SM Motor Connection Dynamic Brake Control Power
19. Control Power zx repas 1 0 Fault zi peek Over Temperature ERE Phase Imbalance ps a Dnet Power Loss sese Reserved weil Reserved I ERE RE ees Eeprom HW Fault Pr Fault Reset Parameter Number 25 Access Rule GET SET This parameter resets the Data Type BOOL Protection Fault on a transition of 0 gt 1 Group Starter Protection Units mE Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 3 12 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters StrtrDN FitState This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 27 defines how the starter will respond when a DeviceNet fault occurs When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 will go to DnFit Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 27 StrtrDN FitValue This parameter determines how the starter will be commanded in the event of a Device Net fault 0 OFF 12 0N StrtrDN IdiState This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 29 defines how the starter will respond when a DeviceNet network is idle When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 will go to Value on DN Idle as determined by Parameter 29 StrtrDN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that starter assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 28 is set to
20. Data Type DIP INT d CNB INT INT INT H Counter 2 i sus 8 9 1213 14 15 L 73 Timer 6171819 The following table contains the fault bit definitions for Bulletin 284G ArmorStart ArmorStart Revision 2 xxx 284G 0 Short Circuit 1 Overload 2 Phase Short 3 Ground Fault 4 Stall 5 Control Power IO Fault 7 Over Temp 8 Phase Over Current 9 DNet Power Loss 10 Internal Comm 11 DC Bus Fault 12 EEprom 13 HW Fit 14 Reset Retries 15 Misc Fault 16 CP Warning 17 IO Warning 18 DN Warning 19 HW Warning 7 10 Using DeviceLogix 6 Bulletin 284G ArmorStartProduced Network Bits The screen capture below shows how to choose Produced Network Bits in the ladder editor DOP INT Ta 1 b 5 i 8 9 10 11 12 13 1415 pez Ti The following table contains the produced network bit definitions for Bulletin 284G ArmorStart units ArmorStart Revision 2 xxx 284G 0 Net Output 0 1 Net Output 1 2 Net Output 2 3 Net Output 3 4 Net Output 4 5 Net Output 5 6 Net Output 6 7 Net Output 7 8 Net Output 8 9 Net Output 9 10 Net Output 10 11 Net Output 11 12 Net Output 12 13 Net Output 13 14 Net Output 14 15 Fault Reset 16 Accel 1 17 Accel 2 18 Decel 1 19 Decel 2 20 Freq Select 1 21 Freq Select 2 22 Freq Select 3
21. afa 151511 8 B 10111213014 67 The following table contains the produced network bit definitions for Bulletin 280G and 281G ArmorsStart units ArmorStart Revision 2 xxx 280G and 281G 0 Net Output 0 1 Net Output 1 2 Net Output 2 3 Net Output 3 4 Net Output 4 5 Net Output 5 6 Net Output 6 7 Net Output 7 8 Net Output 8 9 Net Output 9 10 Net Output 10 11 Net Output 11 12 Net Output 12 13 Net Output 13 14 Net Output 14 15 Fault Reset 16 Motion Disable 17 Keypad Disable 7 8 Using DeviceLogix 4 Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Status Bits The following table contains the status bit definitions for Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Power Flex 40 Revision 2 00x 284G 0 Tripped Warning 2 Running Fwd 3 Running Rev 4 Ready 5 Net Ctl Status 6 Net Ref Status 7 At Reference 8 Drive Opto 1 9 Drive Opto 2 10 Keypad Jog 11 Keypad Hand 12 HOA Status 13 140M On 14 Contactor 1 15 Contactor 2 16 Explicit Msg Cnxn Exists 17 IO Cnxn Exists 18 Explicit Cnxn Fault 19 IO Cnxn Fau 20 IO Cnxn Idle 21 Keypad Hand Direction 22 ZIP1 Cnxn 23 ZIP1 Fault 24 ZIP2 Cnxn 25 ZIP2 Fault 26 ZIP3 Cnxn 27 ZIP3 Fault 28 ZIP4 Cnxn 29 ZIP4 Fault Using DeviceLogix 7 9 5 Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Fault Bits The screen capture below shows how to choose Fault Bits in the ladder editor
22. ite ete eiie 1 6 Peer to Peer Communications 21 1 6 EMIFilter tice dee detentus 1 6 Dynamic Brake 5151 1 7 Control Brake Contactor sese 1 7 RECEIVING hoe 2 1 UNPACKING srt te n ee rs 2 1 Iispecting 5 de i atl deed 2 1 i 2 1 General Precautions 2 2 Precautions for Bulletin 280G 281G Applications 2 2 Precautions for Bulletin 284G Applications 2 2 DIMENSIONS 202 ci riii ete eerie ecd rte eee ee inn 2 4 Bulletin 2806 2816 sese 2 4 Bulletin 2846 dde Rete te 2 6 Bulletin 1000 eese nnns 2 8 WINING metere RR ER ee 2 13 Power Control Safety Monitor Inputs and Ground Wiring essere 2 13 Terminal Designations cccccsccssssssssssssssessssssssssesssesesseseserees 2 14 Dimensions for Safety 1 2 15 Bulletin 280G Safety 2 15 Bulletin 281G Safety 2 16 Bulletin 284G Safety
23. Parameter Number 9 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 10 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 11 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 187 Default Value 160 Parameter Number 12 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 190 Default Value 161 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Prod Assy Word 0 This parameter is used to build bytes 0 1 for produced assembly 120 Produced Assy Word 1 This parameter is used to build bytes 2 3 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 2 This parameter is used to build bytes 4 5 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 3 This parameter is used to build bytes 6 7 for produced assembly 120 Consumed 1 0 Size This parameter reflects the consumed 1 0 data size in bytes Parameter Number 13 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 108 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 14 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 108 Default Value 4 Parameter Number 15 Access Rule GET SE
24. sessi 4 25 Advanced Program Group sess 4 28 Clear Type 1 Fault and 4 42 Clear an Overvoltage Undervoltage or Heatsink OvrTmp Fault without Restarting the 4 42 How Step Logic Works esee 4 55 Step LOGIC SEWN Se ieoi e a e a e 4 55 Establishing a DeviceNet Node Address 5 1 Node Commissioning using Hardware 5 1 Node Commissioning using Software 5 2 Building and Registering an EDS File 5 3 Chapter 6 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Chapter 7 Using DeviceLogix Chapter 8 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Table of Contents iii Using the Node Commissioning Tool Inside RSNetWorx for DeviceNet 55 anta ean des cre c eaa 5 5 System Configuration _ 2 5 6 Using Automap feature with default Input and Output 1 0 Assemblies Bulletin 2806 281 G sess 5 7 Default Input and Output 1 0 Assembly Formats Bulletin 2806 2810 sese 5 7 Setting the Motor FLA and Overload Trip Class Bulletin 2806 2816 5 8 Using Automap feature with default Input and Output 1 0 As
25. HOA Status X 140M X er ee eee eeu Contactor 1 9 X E SS eg Reserved Refers to Control Brake contactor status Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 7 Dnet Status This parameter provides status of the DeviceNet connection 15 14 13 X X X PES Starter Command This parameter provides the command the starter Parameter Number 6 Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 31 Default Value 0 Bit Function 8 5 4 3 2 Exp Cnxn 10 Cnxn X Exp FIt z X 10 Fit X IO Idle X Reserved X ZIP 1 Cnxn c ET ZIP 1 Fit ZIP 2 Cnxn Em ZIP 2 Fit ZIP 3 Cnxn ZIP 3 Fit Lx mu ZIP 4 Cnxn LI ZIP 4 Fit Parameter Number 7 Access Rule GET SET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Bit Function 6 3 2 1 Run Fwd e X Run Rev X Fault Reset X Jog Fwd PE Jog Rev Reserved
26. Net Output 3 z X Net Output 4 ur e 2 X E Net Output 5 n um ET X Net Output 6 Em ERES EE 2 m X Net Output 7 mm NS X Net Output 8 Tes eese mt a ted S eee ee T NetOp X m Net Output 10 TE X Net Output 11 X ES ES Net Output 12 X a 2 Net Output 13 X Net Output 14 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 5 Trip Status Parameter Number 4 This parameter provides trip identification Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 3 2 i zm E Short Circuit ED Overload X Phase Short E X Ground Fault 22 xe Stall ET 22 EN re 2 Control Power zi 23 2 9 m IO Fault mE ES m Overtemperature 2 X Over Current m Dnet
27. 0 5 2 5 0 75 1 280G F12S NB RG 1 1 5 5 2 8 3 280G F12S NC RG 3 2 16 7 5 10 280G F23S ND RG Table G 5 Reversing Starters IP67 NEMA 4 Up to 460V AC kW Hp Cat No Current Rating A MEME NES ac 0 5 2 5 0 75 1 281G F12S NB RG 1 1 5 5 2 2 3 281G F12S NC RG 3 2 16 7 5 10 281G F23S ND RG 6 4 Renewal Parts Figure G 4 Bulletin 280G Safety Base Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 2800 S 10 RG Bulletin Number 280 Starter Communications D DeviceNet G with six inputs Enclosure Type F Type 4 IP67 S Base Only No Control Module Line Connection RG ArmorConnect Power Media Short Circuit Protection Bul 140M 10 25 10 A Rated Device 25 A Rated Device Base Module Renewal Part Product Selection Table 6 6 280G Full Voltage Starters amp Bul 281G Reversing Starters IP67 NEMA Type 4 Up to 460V AC with ArmorConnect Connectivity kW Hp Current Rating Cat No A 400V AC 460V AC ser 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 5 2 5 0 75 1 280G FS 10 RG 1 1 5 5 2 2 3 280G FS 10 RG 3 2 16 75 10 280G FS 25 RG Renewal Parts 6 5 Figure G 5 Bulletin 284G Control Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 284 D F V D2P3 D N Option1 Option2 Option 3 Bulletin Number Communications D DeviceNet Enclosure Type F Type 4 IP67 Torque Performance Mode V Sensorless Vector Cont
28. 04 9 406 MTG SLOTS 110 31 a 0 155 TMOUNTING FOOT SLOTS 129 151 cj 152 4 254 FRONT VIEW 6 00 10 00 pa 276 2 BACK VIEW 110 871 REDIT ONES MOUNT ING H ss ____ gt 116 871 DB RESISTOR BRAKE OUTPUT S01 SAFETY OUT 511 SAFETY IN wee a CONDUIT HOLE PLUG Brel im E T eo 4 63 5TYP e 12 501 ru Dd 5 001 Q as 2 501 138 2 15 441 P ARMORSTART POWER E 1 2 CONDUIT HOLE PLUG 258 8 152 4 258 8 110 191 16 001 110 181 2 20 Installation and Wiring Dimensions for Bulletin 1000 Safety Product Continued Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 16 Dimensions for 15 Hp 460V AC IP67 NEMA Type 4 with ArmorConnect Connectivity y CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATING MECHANISM 798 9 131 381 214 4 136 001 RESET KEYPAD Win 1 0 MODULE 81 3 34 50 MOUNTING FOOT SLOTS PADLOCKING DEFEATER HANDLE lt E
29. Hz Table2 Instance 165 Default Produced Inverter Type Distributed Starter 4 bytes Byte At Net Ctl Running Running 0 140 Status Ready Rev Fwd Warning Tripped 1 Reserved pus Input 3 Input 2 Input 1 Input 0 2 Output Frequency Low Hz 3 Output Frequency High xxx x Hz Refers to control brake contactor status 5 10 DeviceNet Commissioning Setting the Motor FLA Bulletin 284G The product should now be configured and communicating on the network The last step is to program the proper motor OL current setting Parameter 133 This can be accomplished by using software such as RSNetWorx for DeviceNet or a handheld DeviceNet tool Use the software to access the device parameters screen By default the motor OL current is set to the minimum motor OL current setting for the device Set this parameter to the desired value and download to the device Select Motor OL Current Parameter 133 and enter a value that corresponds to the FLA of the motor connected to the ArmorStart Make sure the Single radio button is selected and then select Download to Device The proper motor protection is now in place Figure 6 RSNetWorx Parameter Screen ArmorStart 284D 4 240 0 5HP 3 xl General Device Parameters 1 0 Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups 0 neLine fan parameters Restore Default Values Bestore Defaut Values C A
30. amp amp Network Input Points For Help press F1 Available Function Blocks 80 Saved Select Network Input Points in the DeviceLogix editor toolbar and scroll down past the first 16 Network Inputs The 64 ZIP bits are available for use in the list as shown below List of Network Input Points Ed Consumed Bit Net Input 0 Overview Fault Display Chapter 9 Diagnostics This chapter describes the fault diagnostics of the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller and the conditions that cause various faults to occur Protection Programming Many of the protective features available with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller can be enabled and adjusted through the programming parameters provided For further details on programming refer to Chapter 3 and 4 Program and Status Parameters The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller comes equipped with a built in LED status indication which provides four status LEDs and a Reset button The LEDs provide status indication for the following Power LED The LED is illuminated solid green when control power is present and with the proper polarity e RUNLED This LED is illuminated solid green when a start command and control power are present Network LED This bi color red green LED indicates the status of the communication link e FAULT LED Indicates Controller Fault Trip condition The Reset Button provides local fault trip rese
31. Ground Fault Drive Error A current path to earth has been detected at or more of the drive output terminals or a phase to Codes 13 38 40 ground fault has been detected between the drive and motor in this phase Check the motor for a grounded condition Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared This fault cannot be disabled 5 Motor Stalled Drive is unable to accelerate motor Increase Parameter 139 and or 167 Accel Time x or reduce Drive Error Code 6 load so drive output current does not exceed the current by Parameter 189 This fault cannot be disabled 6 Control The ArmorStart has detected loss of the control power voltage Check control voltage wiring and Power proper polarity Replace control voltage fuse if necessary This fault can be disabled and s disabled by default 7 10 Fault Depending on the types of modules in the configuration this error could be generated by a shorted sensor shorted input device wiring mistakes or a blown output fuse If this fault occurs the offending problem should be isolated or removed prior to restarting the system This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default 8 Heatsink Over temperature Heatsink temperature exceeds a predefined value Check for blocked or dirty heatsink fins Verify Drive Error Code 8 that ambient temperature has not exceeded Replace internal fan This fault cannot be disabled 9 Over Current The ArmorStart has detected a voltage imb
32. No input power to drive Indication Corrective Action None Check the power circuit Check the supply voltage Check all fuses and disconnects Jumper between 1 0 Terminals P2 None Install jumper or connect DC Bus Inductor and P1 not installed and or DC Bus Inductor not connected 10 14 Troubleshooting Network Status LED DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures The following table identifies possible causes and corrective actions when troubleshooting DeviceNet related failures using the NETWORK STATUS LED Table 10 12 DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures Definition Possible Causes Off Flashes green red off The device has not completed the initialization is not on an active network or may not be powered up While waiting to detect the network baud rate the LED will flash this pattern about every 3 seconds Check to make sure the product is properly wired and configured on the network If the product stays in this state it means that there is no set baud rate Ensure that at least one device on the network has a set baud rate Solid Green The device is operating in a normal condition and is communicating to another device on the network No action Required Flashing Green Flashing Red The device is operating in a normal condition and is on line but has no connection to another device This is the typical state for new devices Recoverable fault has occurre
33. Appendix D Group Motor Installations The following is a method of applying ArmorStart controllers using group motor installation rules as defined in the National Electric Code NEC 2005 and Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery NFPA 79 2002 1 List motors of the group in descending order of motor nameplate full load current 2 Select disconnect means Sum all locked rotor currents of motors that can be started simultaneously using NEC Table 430 251 b Add to that value all the full load currents of any other motors or loads that can be operating at the same time as the motors that start simultaneously using NEC Table 430 250 c Use the total current from a and b above to get an equivalent horsepower value from Table 430 251 That value is the size of the disconnect means in horsepower NEC 430 110 3 Select fuse or circuit breaker protection Select fuse or circuit breaker size for the largest motor per NEC Table 430 52 and add that ampere value to the total of the full load currents of the rest of the motors The final value is the fuse or circuit breaker size required NEC 430 53C 4 Select wire Ampacity of wire feeding a group of motors is not less than 125 of the full load current rating of the highest rated motor plus the sum of the full load current ratings of all the motors in the group NEC 430 24 5 The code states that any taps supplying a single motor shall have an ampacity not less than
34. 0 0 OFF 12 0N Parameter Number 26 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 27 Access Rule GET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 28 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 29 Access Rule GET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Bulletin 280G 281G Programmable Parameters 3 13 Last PR Fault Parameter Number 61 0 None 1 Hardware Short Circuit 2 Software Short Circuit Access Rule GET 3 Motor Overload 4 Reserved 5 Phase Loss Data Type UINT 6 12 Reserved 13 Control Power Loss 14 Control Power Fuse Group Starter Protection 15 1 0 Short 16 Reserved 17 Overtemp Units i 18 Reserved 19 Phase Imbalance 20 Reserved 21 DNet Power Loss Minimomvaltie 0 22 Internal Comm 23 26 Reserved 27 MCB EEPROM Maximum Value 100 28 Base EEPROM 29 Reserved 30 Wrong Base 31 Wrong CTs Default Value 0 32 100 Reserved Warning Status Parameter Number 62 Access Rule GET This p
35. 16 bits long They can be used stand alone but their main use is to assemble information for EDS file parameters These word wise assemblies become the building blocks for the custom parameter based word wise assemblies described above Note that these word wise assemblies are designed for use with DeviceLogix so their contents reflect the various words in the DeviceLogix data table Table B 15 Instance 181 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 181 Hardware Inputs 1 16 Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 mE Input5 Input4 Input3 Input2 Input 1 Input O 1 Reserved Table B 16 Instance 182 This is a Read Write Control Assembly Instance 182 Consumed Network Inputs 1 16 Table B 17 Instance 183 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 183 Produced Network Outputs 1 15 Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Table B 18 Instance 184 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 184 Trip Status Control Phase ip Short NES esee LLL oed OEE eode e HwFIt EEPROM S ics Power Imbal Bulletin 2806 2816 CIP Information B 7 Table B 19 Instance 185 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 185 Starter Status Net Ctl Status 140M On Table B 20 Instance 186 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 186 DeviceNet Status Table B 21 Instance 187 This is a R
36. Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 13 Pr Fault Reset This parameter resets the Protection Fault on a transition 0 gt 1 StrtrDN FitState This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 27 defines how the starter will respond when a DeviceNet fault occurs When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 will go to DnFit Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 27 StrtrDN FitValue This parameter determines if the starter will be commanded in the event of a DevceNet fault 0 OFF 12 0N StrtrDN IdiState This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 29 defines how the starter will respond when a DeviceNet network is idle When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 will go to DnFlt Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 29 0 Go to Idle Value 1 Hold Last State StrtrDN IdiValue This parameter determines the state that starter assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 28 is set to 0 0 OFF 1 ON Parameter Number 25 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 26 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 27 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection U
37. Miscellaneous Faults For Bulletin 284G units this fault is actually the logical OR of the drive s Auxiliary Input fault fault code F2 Heatsink Over Temperature fault code F8 Params Defaulted fault fault code F48 and SVC Autotune fault fault code F80 This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 16 blink pattern Introduction Chapter 1 0 Troubleshooting The purpose of this chapter is to assist in troubleshooting the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller using the LED Status Display and diagnostic parameters ATTENTION ATTENTION ATTENTION ATTENTION Servicing energized industrial control equipment can be hazardous Electrical shock burns or unintentional actuation of controlled industrial equipment may cause death or serious injury For safety of maintenance personnel as well as others who might be exposed to electrical hazards associated with maintenance activities follow the local safety related work practices for example the NFPA70E Part II in the United States Maintenance personnel must be trained in the safety practices procedures and requirements that pertain to their respective job assignments Do not attempt to defeat or override fault circuits Thecause ofthe fault indication must be determined and corrected before attempting operation Failure to correct a control system of mechanical malfunction may result in personal injury and or equipme
38. Protection Fault Protection Fault C 24 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Parameter Object CLASS CODE The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object 0x000F Table C 48 Parameter Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Revision UINT 2 Get Max Instance UINT 8 Get Parameter Class WORD Descriptor 9 Get Configuration UINT Assembly Instance The number of instances of the parameter object depends upon the type of Distributed Motor Controller There will be a standard set of instances reserved 1 99 for all starters These instances will be followed by a unique set of instances for each starter type Bulletin 280G 281G or 284G The following instance attributes are implemented for all parameter attributes Table C 49 Parameter Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Name Data Type 1 Get Set Value Specified in Descriptor 2 Get Link Path Size USINT Link Path Array of 3 Get e BYTE e EPATH 4 Descriptor WORD 5 Data Type EPATH 6 Data Size USINT 7 Parameter Name SHORT STRING String 8 Units String SHORT STRING 9 Help String SHORT STRING 10 Minimum Value Specified in Descriptor 11 Maximum Value Specified in Descriptor 12 Default Value Specified in Descriptor 13 Scaling Multiplier UINT 14 Scaling Divisor UINT 15 Scaling Base UINT 16 Scaling Offset INT 17 Multiplier Link UINT 18 Divisor Lin
39. Table C 44 Discrete Output Point Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Mame DataType Vale 1 Get Revision UINT 1 2 Get Max Instance UINT 10 Ten instances of the Discrete Output Point Object are supported Table C 45 summarizes the DOP instances Table C 45 Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes Instance Name Alternate Description ID Mapping Run Forward output For all starter types this output 1 Bun g 00290 is hard wired from the ArmorStart CPU to the Output 03 actuator _ Run Reverse output For all starter types this output 2 Run Ray 002350 is hard wired from the ArmorStart CPU to the Output 04 actuator 3 Reserved none 4 Reserved none 5 Drive Input 1 none These four instances exist for Inverter units only 6 Drive Input 2 none They are connected to Drive Inputs 1 4 7 Drive Input 3 none 8 Drive Input 4 none Drive Jog This instances exists for Inverter units only 9 none Fwd 10 Drive Jog Rev none All instances will contain the following attributes Table C 46 Discrete Output Point Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Fault Value 5 Get Set Fault Action BOOL attribute 1 Hold Last State 6 Get Set Fault Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Fault Value 7 Get Set Idle Action BOOL attribute 1 Hold Last State 8 Get Set Idle Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Pr Fault V
40. 39 4 ft or 14 14 m 45 9 ft Specifications Pinout and Color Code Mechanical Coupling Nut Black Anodized Aluminum or 316 Stainless Steel Housing Black PVC Insert Black PVC Cable Diameter 0 775 in 0 12 in 19 68 mm 0 5 mm Face View Pinout Electrical 4 pin Contacts Copper Alloy with Gold over Nickel Plating Cable Black PVC dual rated UL TC Open Wiring and STOOW o o Cable Rating 600V AC DC 600V Q 25 A Symmetrical Amps RMS Fault 65 kA when Assembly Rating used with Class CC T or J type fuses or 100 A circuit breaker Environmental Female Male 1 Black 3 Red Enclosure Type Ratin IP67 NEMA 4 IP69K 1200 psi washdown 3 Color Code 3 Green Yellow Extended PIN 4 White UL Type TC 600V 90 C Dry 75 C Wet Exposed Run ER or Operating Temperature MTW 600V 90 C or STOOW 105 C 600V CSA STOOW 600V FT2 Certifications UL Listed File No E318496 Guide PVVA Standards Compliance UL 2237 Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes and are subject to change Female straight Male straight 88 9 3 50 88 9 3 50 38 6 1 52 Female 90 dea 49 5 57 1 _ _ ema ded 95 225 Mo deg 195 228 n Example of a Patchcord 3 747 LI Bal 2 94 L
41. 8 0 W DeviceNet Input Current Surge 15 A for 250 us DeviceNet Communications Baud Rates 125 250 500 kbps Distance Maximum 500 m 1630 ft 125 kbps 200 m 656 ft 250 kbps 100 m 328 ft 500 kbps Motor Cable 10 AWG shielded motor cable 5 m maximum with 360 RF connections on both ends Required to meet conducted and radiated emissions requirements Certifications cULus File No E207834 UL 508C EN 50178 EN 61800 3 EN 60947 1 CE Marked per Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and EMC Directive 89 336 EEC 8 Specifications Bulletin 284G Continued Figure A 10 External Connections for Input Connector Pin 1 V Out 3 Pin 2 Input 1 or 3 OGG Pin 3 Comm Pin 4 Input 0 or 2 Pin 5 NC No Connection Figure A 11 External Connections for DeviceNet Connector 1 Pin 1 Drain Not Connected V Pin 2 VDNET Pin 3 VDNET Pin 4 CAN o0 Pin 5 CAN Figure A 12 External Connections for Motor Connector 2 Pin 1 T1 Black Pin 2 Ground Green Yellow Pin 3 T3 Red 2 3 Pin 4 T2 White Figure A 13 External Connections for Control Brake Connector G Pin 1 GND Green Yellow Pin 2 L1 Black O Pin3 L2 White Figure A 14 External Connections for Dynamic Brake Connector Pin1 GND Green Yellow Pin 2 BR Black 2 Pin 3 BR White Specifications A 9 Bulletin 284G Continued Figure A 1
42. An incorrectly applied or installed controller can damage components or reduce product life Wiring or application errors such as undersizing the motor incorrect or inadequate AC supply or excessive ambient temperatures may result in malfunction of the system Only personnel familiar with the controller and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation startup and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to do this may result in personal injury and or equipment damage To prevent prevent electrical shock open disconnect prior shock open disconnect prior to connecting and disconnecting cables Risk of shock environment rating may not be maintained with open receptacles Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation startup and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to do this may result in personal injury and or equipment damage Precautions for Bulletin 284G Applications ATTENTION ATTENTION dh Installation and Wiring 2 3 The drive contains high voltage capacitors which take time to discharge after removal of mains supply Before working on drive ensure isolation of mains supply from line inputs R S T L1 L2 L3 Wait three minutes for capacitors to discharge to safe voltage levels Failure to do so may result in personal injury or death Darkened di
43. CLASS CODE 0 0001 C 2 Identity Objects C 3 Message Router CLASS CODE 0 0002 C 3 DeviceNet Object CLASS CODE 0 0003 C 4 Assembly Object CLASS CODE 0 0004 C 5 Custom Parameter Based Word wise 1 0 Assemblies C 6 Word wise Bit Packed Assemblies C 6 Standard Distributed Motor Controller 1 0 Assemblies C 8 Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed Assemblies C 8 Standard Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies C 9 Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies C 10 PowerFlex Native Assemblies C 11 Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 C 13 Discrete Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0008 C 18 Discrete Output Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0009 C 19 vi Table of Contents Appendix D Group Motor Installations Appendix E Accessories Appendix F _ Safety 1 0 Module and TUV Requirement
44. Control and Control OutB bit Control faultReset Control OutB Local 1 O Data 1 27 Local 1 O Data 1 77 Control OutA Local 1 O Data 1 6 U gt Rung 6 Once Control RunFwd is set ON and a trip condition does not exist the timer will call the explicit message once every 10 seconds Control RunFwd Status tripped Local 1 O Data 1 0 Local 1 l Data 1 0 Ondelay timer DN TON JE r o e Timer On Delay CEN Timer Ondelay timer CDND Preset 10000 Accum 0 Rung 7 The MSG function will get and report back the average current to the tag named explicit data Status tripped Ondelay timer DN Local 1 l Data 1 07 MSG a Type CIP Generic lt EN gt Message Control explicit mess DN5 I XERO 6 11 6 12 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Notes DeviceLogix Programming Chapter Using DeviceLogix DeviceLogix is a stand alone Boolean program that resides within the ArmorStart The program is embedded in the product software so that there is no additional module required to use this technology RSNetWorx for DeviceNet is required to program the device In addition to the actual programming DeviceLogix can be configured to operate under specific situations It is important to note that the DeviceLogix program will only run if the logic has been enabled This can be done within the Logic Editor of RSNetWorx The operati
45. Device Product Contactor Overload Control Power Type Code Size Code Current Rating Voltage o 22 0x484 100C 12 0 5 2 5A 120V AC 22 0x485 100C 12 1 1 5 5 A 120V AC 22 0x486 100C 23 3 2 06A 120V AC Table B 2 Bul 280G Distributed Motor Controller Safety Product Codes and Name Strings 2806 Device Product Contactor Overload Control Power Type Code Size Code Current Rating Voltage o 22 0x4A1 100C 12 0 5 2 5A 24V DC 22 Ox4A2 1006 12 1 1 5 5A 24V DC 22 0 4 1006 23 3 2 16 24V DC 22 Motor Starter 2 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information DOL Reversing Type Product Codes and Name String DeviceNet Objects The following table lists the product codes for the Bulletin 281G Distributed Motor Controllers Table B 3 Bul 281G Distributed Motor Controller Product Codes and Name Strings 281G Device Type Product Contactor Overload Control Power Code Size Code Current Rating Voltage 22 0 4 4 1006 12 0 5 2 5A 120V AC 22 0x4C5 100C 12 1 1 5 5A 120V AC 22 0x4C6 100C 23 3 2 16A 120V AC Table 4 Bul 281G Distributed Motor Controller Safety Product Codes and Name Strings 281G Device Tin Product Contactor Overload Control Power Code Size Code Current Rating Voltage 22 Ox4Ee1 100C 12 0 5 2 5A 24V DC 22 Ox4E2 100C 12 1 1 5 5 A 24V DC 22 0x4E3 100C 23 3 2 06A 24V DC
46. Esc key at any time will cancel the connection process F Logic Editor File Edit View Communications Tools Help a e aal e e cs el peperere ee re oo Bm a S e SN TRS LATCH E Input Output E Reset 11 From the toolbar Click on the Discrete Input button and select Input 1 from the pull down menu This is the remote stop button based on the example I O table 12 Place the input to the left of the RSL function 13 Connect the input to the reset input of the RSL latch Logic Editor File Edi View Communications Tools Help sessio e e e e os rn pos sce rr 7 4 Using DeviceLogix 14 15 16 F Logic Editor File Edi View Clamunications Tools Help 19 20 21 22 23 From the toolbar Click on the Discrete Output button and select Fwd from the pull down menu Run Fwd is the relay controlling the coil of the contactor Click OK Move the cursor into the grid and place the Output to the right of the RSL function block Connect the output of the RSL function block to Run Fwd Click on the Verify button located in the toolbar or select Logic Verify from the Tools pull down menu Click on the Edit button to toggle out of edit mode if online with a device Go to the pull down menu in the right corner of the toolbar and select Download Note Ensure that
47. F3 Power Loss 2 DC bus voltage remained below 3 Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption 85 of nominal 4 Check input fuses FA UnderVoltage 1 DC bus voltage fell below the 5 Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption minimum value F5 OverVoltage 1 DC bus voltage exceeded maximum 6 Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage value can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time or install dynamic brake option F6 Motor Stalled 1 Drive is unable to accelerate motor 7 Increase Parameter 139 167 Accel Time x or reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current set by Parameter 189 Current Limit 1 F7 Motor Overload 1 Internal electronic overload trip 8 An excessive motor load exists Reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current set by Parameter 133 Motor OL Current 9 Verify Parameter 184 Boost Select setting F8 Heatsink OvrTmp 1 Heatsink temperature exceeds a 10 Check for blocked or dirty heat sink fins Verify that ambient temperature predefined value has not exceeded 40 C 11 Replace internal fan F12 HW OverCurrent 2 The drive output current has 12 Check programming Check for excess load improper programming of exceeded the hardware current Parameter 184 Boost Select DC brake volts set too high or other causes of limit excess current F13 Ground Fault 2 A current
48. Level and the DB is ON then a fault is recorded This fault is intended to notify the user if the DB resistance is higher than expected This fault is disabled when parameter 182 DB Resistor Sel is Disabled Troubleshooting DB monitor has measured a DB current lower than expected Turn off all power to unit Allow at least 3 minutes for capacitors to discharge Disconnect DB resistor from ArmorStart control module Caution DB resistor may still be hot Measure DB resistor value at the connector with an ohmmeter DB resistor value should be within the limits defined in Table 10 4 If DB resistance value is within limits replace control module If not replace DB resistor DB Switch Fault A DB Switch fault is issued when continuous DB resistor current is detected when the Drive Bus Voltage level is less than the DB Voltage Level If 5 consecutive samples of Drive Bus Voltage less than DB Level is detected along with continuous DB resistor current flow then a shorted DB IGBT fault DB Switch is recorded It is the user s responsibility to provide an input power contactor to each ArmorStart with a drive The user must write logic to control open the input contactor to the ArmorStart in the event of a DB Switch Fault The Instruction Literature provides information on how to connect the input contactor and how to implement the logic Troubleshooting Attempt to reset the fault by removing all power to the unit and restartin
49. No 1732DS IB8X0Bv4 Specifications Electrical Current Consumption 85 mA 24V DC 1 0 Operating Voltage Range 19 2 28 8V DC 24V DC 20 Digital Inputs Number of Inputs 8 safety single channel or 4 safety dual channel Input Type current sinking Voltage On State Input Min 11V DC Voltage On State Input Max 5V DC Current On State Input Min 3 3 mA Voltage On State Input Min 11V DC Digital Outputs Number of Outputs 4 safety solid state Output Type dual channel current sourcing current sinking pair Short Circuit Protection Yes Standard Pulse Test Outputs Number of Pulse Test Sources 8 Pulse Test Output Current 0 7 A per point Short Circuit Protection Yes Mechanical Approximate Dimensions 179 x 70 x 68 7 mm 7 05 x 2 76 x 2 71 in Weight 600 g 1 2 Ib Environmental Operating Temperature 20 60 C 4 140 F Relative Humidity 10 95 non condensing Vibration 0 76 mm 10 500 Hz Shock Operating 30g Enclosure Type Rating IP67 Certifications UL CE C Tick CSA UL NRGF ODVA Conformance TUV Certified for fuctional safety up to SIL 3 Cat 4 Safety 1 0 Module and T V Requirements F 3 Micro Connector Pin Assignments Face View Pinout Input Configuration Output Configuration Female Pin Signal Signal 2 5 Test Output n 1 Output 24V DC Power fg Safe Input n 1 Output n 1
50. Ready Idle Default 1 Static Tune 2 Rotate Tune Ready 0 Parameter returns to this setting following a Static Tune or Rotate Tune Static Tune 1 A temporary command that initiates a non rotational motor stator resistance test for the best possible automatic setting of A128 IR Voltage Drop A start command is required following initiation of this setting The parameter returns to Ready 0 following the test at which time another start transition is required to operate the drive in normal mode Used when motor cannot be uncoupled from the load Rotate Tune 2 A temporary command that initiates a Static Tune followed by a rotational test for the best possible automatic setting of A129 Flux Current Ref A start command is required following initiation of this setting The parameter returns to Ready 0 following the test at which time another start transition is required to operate the drive in normal mode Parameter Number 227 Related Parameters 225 226 228 229 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 0 Important Used when motor is uncoupled from the load Results may not be valid if a load is coupled to the motor duting this procedure Rotation of the motor in an undesired direction can occur during this procedure To guard against possible injury and or equipment da
51. msec Defines the minimum time between Change of State data Group ZIP Parameters production Units msec MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 1 MAC ID Parameter Number 70 Access Rule GET SET The node address of the device Data Type USINT whose data is to be consumed for zone 1 Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters 3 17 Zone 2 MAC ID Parameter Number 71 Access Rule GET SET The node address of the device Data Type USINT whose data is to be consumed H for zone 2 Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 64 Default Value 64 Zone 3 MAC ID Parameter Number 72 Access Rule GET SET The node address of the device Data Type USINT whose data is to be consumed for zone 3 Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 Zone 4 MAC ID Parameter Number 73 Access Rule GET SET The node address of the device Datatype USN whose data is to be consumed for zone 4 Group Misc Option Units Minimumvaue 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 Zone 1 Health Parameter Number 74 Access Rule GET Read Only consumed connection Data Type BOOL status for zone 1 Group ZIP Parameters 0 Healthy Units 1 Unhealthy MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Z
52. sinking f Input Common Safe Input n Test Output n Output Power Common Output n sourcing Output Power Common 63 Mini Connector Pin Assignments Face View Pinout Female Pin Signal Drain V Red V Black CAN H White CAN L Blue 5 0 o 0 e Power Configuration Pin Assignments ArmorBlock Guard 1 0 Recommended Compatible Cables and Connectors b S Face View Pinout Male Pin Signal 1 Output 24V DC Power Red 2 Input 24V DC Power Green 3 Input Power Common White 4 Output Power Common Black 9 9 Description Cat No DC Micro M12 Male Cordset 889D F4HJ 0 DC Micro Style Patchcord 8890 4 M12 Terminal Chamber Straight Male 871A TS4 DM M12 Terminal Chamber Right Angle Male 871A TR4 DM Replace symbol with 1 1 m 2 2 m 5 5 m or 10 10 m for standard cable length Safety 1 0 Module and T V Requirements Figure F 1 DeviceNet Media F The 1732DS Safety I O module outputs to provided 24V DC power for control power to the ArmorStart A1 A2 control input 2 Aux Power The 1732DS Safety I O module inputs will monitor the status of the safety rated contactors inside the ArmorStart SM safety monitor input Safety Function Definition The safety function is an uncontrolled stop The uncontrolled stop is executed by removing the ArmorStart safety controller output voltage in
53. tt 148 as 13 11188 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration 8 5 ZIP 18 Zone 1 Running Fwd ZIP 19 Zone 1 Running Rev ZIP 20 Zone 1 Ready ZIP 21 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 22 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 23 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 24 Zone 1 User In 1 ZIP 25 Zone 1 User In 2 ZIP 26 Zone 1 User In 3 ZIP 27 Zone 1 User In 4 ZIP 28 Zone 1 HOA ZIP 29 Zone 1 140M Stat ZIP 30 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 31 Zone 1 reserved ZIP bits appear in the list of Network Input Points that are available for use in the DeviceLogix Editor in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet as shown below List of Network Input Points Consumed Bit Net Input 14 Net Input 15 ond owing network wi jore anda 1799 2010 Hardware DeviceNet Category AC Drive Barcode Scanner Communication A DPI to DeviceNet DSI to DeviceNet DeviceNet Safety DeviceNet to SCA Dodge EZLINK nof secre Pe ian Bile Edit View Network Device Diagnostics Tools Help ArmorStart ArmorStart ArmorStart ArmorStart 1799 ZCIOV 1770 KFD 281D 281D 281D 281D Zone RS232 AAEEA AA EEN NENEA NENEA AM RIANA e m ou cw os 1 11 12 1 i i1 General Purpose M 4 b Graph Spreadsheet am Master Slave Configuration _ ids Date Description Online Not Browsing ArmorStart ZIP Configuration We will configure node 10 to consume data as follows Zon
54. 1 of the DeviceNet Interface Object is supported Table C 63 DeviceNet Interface Object Instance Attribute Access Attribute ID Rule Name Data Type Min Max Default Description 7 Get Set Prod Assy Word 0 USINT 1 Defines Word 0 of Assy 120 8 Get Set Prod Assy Word 1 USINT 5 Defines Word 1 of Assy 120 9 Get Set Prod Assy Word 2 USINT 6 Defines Word 2 of Assy 120 10 Get Set Prod Assy Word 3 USINT 7 Defines Word 3 of Assy 120 13 Get Set Starter COS Mask WORD 0 OxFFFF OxFFFF Change of state mask for starter bits 15 Get Set Autobaud Enable BOOL 0 1 1 1 enabled 0 disabled 16 Get Set Consumed Assy USINT 0 185 ecto 3 160 162 164 166 170 182 187 188 17 Get Set Produced Assy USINT 100 187 Ter P Eu 163 165 167 171 19 Get Set Set To Defaults BOOL 0 1 0 0 No action 1 Reset 23 Get 1 0 Produced Size 0 8 24 Get 1 0 Consumed Size USINT 0 8 30 Get DNet Voltage UINT DeviceNet Voltage 50 Get Set PNB COS Mask WORD 0 0x00FF 0 Change of state mask for PNBs 64 Get Set Unlock Identity Instances USINT 0 Unlock when set to 99 hex The following common services are implemented for the DeviceNet Interface Object Table C 64 DeviceNet Interface Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single Application of ArmorStart Controllers in Group Installation
55. 17 Consumed 10 Size 18 Produced 10 Size 19 Starter COS Mask 20 Net Out COS Mask 21 DNet Voltage Starter Protection 22 Breaker Type 23 PrFItResetMode 24 Pr Fault Enable 25 Pr Fault Reset 26 StrtrDN FitState 27 StrtrDN FitValue 28 StrtrDN IdlState 29 StrtrDN IdlValue 61 Last PR Fault 62 Warning Status 30 Off to On Delay 101 Phase A Current 31 On to Off Delay 32 In Sink Source User 1 0 Misc 45 Keypad Mode 46 Keypad Disable 47 Set To Defaults 56 Base Enclosure 57 Base Option 58 Wiring Option 59 Starter Enclosure 60 Starter Options ZIP Parameters 67 AutoRun Zip 68 Zone Produced EPR 69 Zone Produced PIT 70 Zone 1 Macld 71 Zone 2 Macld 72 Zone 3 Macld 73 Zone 4 Macld 74 Zone 1 Health 75 Zone 2 Health 76 Zone 3 Health 77 Zone 4 Health 78 Zone 1 Mask 79 Zone 2 Mask 80 Zone 3 Mask 81 Zone 4 Mask 82 Zone 1 Offset 83 Zone 2 Offset 84 Zone 3 Offset 85 Zone 4 Offset 86 Zone 1 EPR 87 Zone 2 EPR 88 Zone 3 EPR 89 Zone 4 EPR 90 Zone 1 Control 91 Zone 2 Control 92 Zone 3 Control 93 Zone 4 Control 94 Zone 1 Key 95 Zone 2 Key 96 Zone 3 Key 97 Zone 4 Key 98 Device Value Key 99 Zone Ctrl Enable Starter Display 102 Phase B Current 103 Phase C Current 104 Average Current 105 Therm Utilized 106 FLA Setting 107 Overload Class 108 OL Reset Level Starter Setup DeviceLogix Group Hdw Inputs This parameter provides status of hardwa
56. 1747 SDN 1747 SDN Time Base 1 0 CDN Preset 10 lt Accum 0007 0008 0009 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Rung 7 The COP function sends the explicit message to the MO file for processing each time the timer done bit T4 0 DN is set Tripped T4 0 11 Sb Copy File DN 16 Source N7 0 1747 SDN Dest M0 1 224 Length 32 Rung 8 When the explicit message response is ready the COP command moves the data from the M1 1 224 file to N7 10 Explicit Message Response ready 1 1 COP JE Copy File 15 Source 4MLI 1 224 1747 SDN Dest N7 10 Length 32 Explicit Message Response ready I1 15 1747 SDN gt 6 8 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Programming the 1 0 Mapping 1756 ControlLogix The following example will use the standard distributed motor controller and the factory default input and output assembly of 160 and 161 Refer to Appendix B for additional assembly formats The default input and output assembly will again be used in the following example Note The addressing is different between the SLC 1747 and ControlLogix 1756 program It is important that the user understand how to create and use tags in order to properly follow the example Please see the RSLogix 5000 programming manual for additional help with defining tags The tables below list the data configuration for the ControlLogix platform and include the tag name as u
57. 192 240 247 Determines the operation of the programmable opto outputs Related 250 257 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Mini Val See Table 4 4 for details Maximum Value Default Value Table 4 4 Parameter 158 and 161 Options Options Description 0 Ready Fault Opto outputs are active when power is applied This indicates the drive is ready for operation Opto outputs are Default inactive when power is removed or a fault occurs At Frequency Drive reached commanded frequency 1 Parameter 161 Default MotorRunning Motor is receiving power from drive 2 Parameter 158Default 3 Reverse Drive is commanded to run in reverse direction 4 Motor Overld Motor overload condition exists 5 Ramp Reg Ramp regulator is modifying the programmed accel decal times to avoid overcurrent or overvoltage fault from occurring 6 Above Freq Drive exceeds the frequency Hz value set in Parameter 159 Opto Out 1 Level or Parameter 162 Opto Output 2 Level Use Parameter 159 or 162 to set threshold Drive exceeds the current Amps value set in Parameter 159 Opto Out 1 Level or Parameter 162 Opto Output 7 Above Cur 2 Level Use Parameter 159 or 162 to set threshold Important Value for Parameter 159 or 162 must entered in percent of the drive rated output current 8 Above DCVolt the DC bus voltage value set in Parameter 159 Opto Out 1 Level Use
58. 22 Motor Starter The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller supports the following DeviceNet object classes Table B 5 DeviceNet Object Classes Class Object 0x0001 Identity 0x0002 Message Router 0x0003 DeviceNet 0x0004 Assembly 0x0005 Connection 0x0008 Discrete Input Point 0x0009 Discrete Output Point 0x000F Parameter Object 0x0010 Parameter Group Object 0x001D Discrete Input Group 0x001E Discrete Output Group 0x0029 Control Supervisor 0x002B Acknowledge Handler 0x002C Overload Object 0x00B4 DN Interface Object Bulletin 2806 2816 CIP Information B 3 Identity Object CLASS CODE 0x0001 The following class attributes are supported for the Identity Object Table B 6 Attribute ID Access Rule Name DataType Value mr 3 Identity Object Class Attributes Identity Objects A single instance of the Identity Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table B 7 Identity Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Vendor UINT 1 2 Get Device Type UINT 22 3 Get Product Code UINT See Table B 1 and Table B 3 Revision Structure of 4 Get Major Revision USINT Indicates Software Firmware Revision Number Minor Revision USINT Bit 0 0 not owned 1 owned by master Bit 2 0 Factory Defaulted 1 Configured Bit 8 Minor Recoverable fault Get oats WORD Bit 9 Minor Unrecoverable fault Bit
59. 284G only The IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor plug and play design offers simplicity in writing and installation The factory installed option of must be selected in order to have the quick disconnect connectivity The cable length of the IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor is available in two lengths 0 5 meter and 1 meter See Appendix G Accessories for available IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistors Note The IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor is used only with the DB1 factory installed option Control Brake Contactor An internal contactor is used to switch the electromechanical motor brake On Off The motor brake is powered from the control voltage circuit 1 8 Product Overview Notes Receiving Unpacking Inspecting Storing Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring It is the responsibility of the user to thoroughly inspect the equipment before accepting the shipment from the freight company Check the item s received against the purchase order If any items are damaged it is the responsibility of the user not to accept delivery until the freight agent has noted the damage on the freight bill Should any concealed damage be found during unpacking it is again the responsibility of the user to notify the freight agent The shipping container must be left intact and the freight agent should be requested to make a visual inspection of the equipment Remove all packing material wedges or braces from within and around the starter Remov
60. 3 Phase Power Receptacle 2 24 Installation and Wiring Figure 2 20 Bulletin 1000 Safety ArmorStart RESET KEYPAD 1 0 MODULE Lir CONTROL BRAKE f SAFETY OUT FRONT VIEW POWER 15 VAC SAFETY IN 51 501 CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATING MECHANISM 2 QUARTER TURN LATCH DOUBLE BIT 3MM INSERT WITH KEY DB RESISTOR BRAKE OUTPUT MECHANICAL BRAKE OUTPUT MOTOR OUTPUT ARMORSTART POWER Installation and Wiring Figure 2 21 Bulletin 1000 ArmorStart y CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATING MECHANISM RESET KEYPAD 1 0 MODULE PADLOCK ING DEFEATER HANDLE E FRONT VIEW 511 SAFETY IN AC CONTROL POWER BRAKE 115 VAC DB RESISTOR BRAKE OUTPUT f BRK MECHANICAL BRAKE n OUTPUT MOTOR OUTPUT 1 2 CONDUIT HOLE PLUG P ARMORSTART POWER xcd 1 2 CONDUIT HOLE PLUG 2 25 2 26 Installation and Wiring Safety Terminal Designations As shown in the next figure the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller contains terminals for power safety I O inputs control and ground wiring Access can be gained by removing the terminal access cover plate Figure 2 22 Bulletin 280G ArmorStart Saf
61. 4 10 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Produced 1 0 Size Parameter Number 18 This parameter maps to the Scanners Rx Size Access Rule GET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 4 Starter COS Mask Parameter Number 19 This parameter allows the installer to define the change of state conditions that will Access Rule GET SET result in a change of state message being produced Data Type WORD Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 16383 Bit Function 13 12 11 10 7 2 1 Tripped X Warning X Running Fwd Running Rev Ready Net Ctl Status Z UE E 140 X At Reference User Input 0 User Input 1 mE X 2 User Input 2 X User Input 3 X eu User Input 4 X User Input 5 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 11
62. 70 Zone 1 Macld The node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 1 71 Zone 2 Macld The node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 2 72 Zone 3 Macld The node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 3 73 Zone 4 Macld The node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 4 74 Zone 1 Health Read Only consumed connection status for zone 1 0 Healthy 1 Not Healthy 75 Zone 2 Health Read Only consumed connection status for zone 2 0 Healthy 1 Not Healthy 76 Zone 3 Health Read Only consumed connection status for zone 3 0 Healthy 1 Not Healthy 77 Zone 4 Health Read Only consumed connection status for zone 4 0 Healthy 1 Not Healthy 78 Zone 1 Mask Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 1 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix data table 79 Zone 2 Mask Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 2 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix data table 80 Zone 3 Mask Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 3 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix data table 81 Zone 4 Mask Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 4 Ea
63. 700 of Full Load Current Class 15 10000 DN o o i I a 2 Col E 100 Cold o Hot g 2 Q E o 9 4 1 HE TE HIE TETTE 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 96 of Full Load Current Class 20 10000 E Cold 100 2 Hot E x 2 o o 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 96 of Full Load Current 6 Specifications Bulletin 284G Electrical Ratings Rated Operation Voltage 380 220V 480 277V AC 380 220V 480 277V AC Rate Insulation Voltage 600V 600 V Rated Impulsed Voltage 4kV 4kV Dielectric Withstand 2200V AC 2500V AC Operating Frequency 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Utilization Category AC 3 Protection Against Shock IP2X Power Circuit 25A Rated Operating Current Max 55A 16A Short Circuit Voltage 480Y 277V Protection SCPD Performance 10A Sym Amps RMS 65 kA 25A 30 kA SCPD Fuses only fuse types J CC and T 100 A maximum Safety Products Only SCPD UL 489 Circuit Breakers 100 A maximum C10 Base 100 A maximum C25 Base 60 A maximum SCPD List Size per NEC Group Motor Safety Products only 24V DC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source Pia Operation Voltage 120V AC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source Rated Short Circuit 1 SCPD 10 A circuit breaker or equivalent Ra
64. Accel Time 2 slowing or stopping e Check for improper setting of Parameter 184 Boost acceleration Select Speed command None e Verify Parameter 102 Commanded Freq source or value is not e Check Parameter 112 Control Source for the proper as expected Speed Command Programming is None Check Parameter 135 Maximum Freq to insure that preventing the drive speed is not limited by programming output from exceeding limiting values Torque performance None e motor nameplate full load amps in Parameter does not match motor characteristics 226 Motor NP FLA e Use Parameter 227 Autotune to perform Static Tune or Rotate Tune procedure e Set Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode to option OV Hz Table 10 9 Motor Operation is Unstable Cause s Motor data was incorrectly entered Corrective Action Correctly enter motor nameplate data into Parameters 131 132 and 133 Enable Parameter 197 Compensation Use Parameter 184 Boost Select to reduce boost level Table 10 10 Drive Will Not Reverse Motor Direction Cause s Digital input is not selected for reversing control Indication Corrective Action None Check Digital Inx Sel Choose correct input and program for reversing mode Motor wiring is improperly None Switch two motor leads phased for reverse Reverse is disabled None Check Parameter 195 Reverse Disable Table 10 11 Drive Does Not Power Up Cause s
65. Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Set Run FWD BOOL These Run outputs also map to DOP 4 Get Set Run REV BOOL instances 1 and 2 7 Get Running FWD BOOL 8 Get Running REV BOOL 9 Get Ready BOOL 10 Get Tripped BOOL 12 Get Set Fault Reset BOOL 0 gt 1 Trip Reset 100 Get Set Keypad Mode BOOL 0 Maintained 1 Momentary 101 Get Set Keypad Disable BOOL 0 Not Disabled 1 Disabled Warning Status Bits 0 1 reserved Bit 2 reserved Bit 3 reserved Bit 4 reserved Bit 5 CP Warning Bit 6 10 Warning NORD Bit 7 reserved Bit 8 reserved Bit 9 DN Warning Bits 10 12 reserved Bit 13 HW Warning Bits 14 15 reserved 124 Get Set Trip Enable WORD Bit enumerated trip enable word 130 Get Set Trip Reset Mode BOOL 0 manual 1 auto 131 Get Set Trip Reset Level USINT 0 100 default 75 150 Get Set High Speed Ena BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enable Base Enclosure Bit 0 IP67 151 Get WORD Bit 1 NEMA 4x Bits 2 15 reserved Base Options Bit 0 Output Fuse Bit 1 Safety Monitor Bit 2 CP Fuse Detect 152 Get WORD Bits 3 7 Reserved Bit 8 10A Base Bit 9 25A Base Bit 10 15 Reserved Wiring Options Bit 0 Conduit 153 Get WORD Bit 1 Round Media Bits 2 15 Reserved Starter Enclosure Bit 0 IP67 154 Get WORD Bit 1 NEMA 4x Bits 2 15 reserved 156 Get Last PR Trip UINT DB Status Bit 0 DB Faulted Bit 1 DB Overtemp Warning 157 Get WORD Bit 2 DB On Bit 3 DB Fit Reset Inhibit Bits 4 15 reserved DB Fault Bit 0 DB Ove
66. ArmorStart Safety 2 Hp Power Control and Terminals DETAIL SCALE 1 500 Table 2 5 Power Control Safety Monitor and Ground Terminal Designations Terminal Designations of Poles Description SM1 2 Safety 1 0 Input SM2 2 Safety 1 0 Input Al 2 Control Power Input A2 2 Control Power Common PE 2 Ground 1 1 2 Line Power Phase A 3 L3 2 Line Power Phase B 5 L5 2 Line Power Phase C Installation and Wiring 2 29 ArmorConnect Power Media Enclosure Bulletin 1492FB Branch Circuit Bulletin 1606 Protective Device Power Supply ES Bulletin 280 281 ArmorsStart Description The ArmorConnect power media offers both three phase and control power cable system of cord sets patch cords receptacles tees reducers and accessories to be utilized with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller These cable system components allow quick connection of ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers there by reducing installation time They provide for repeatable reliable connection of the three phase and control power to the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller and motor by providing a plug and play environment that also avoids system mis wiring When specifying power media for use with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers Bulletin 280G 281G and 284G use only the Bulletin 280 ArmorConnect power media Figure 2 25 Three Phase P
67. Assemblies Instance 52 is the required input produced assembly defined in the DeviceNet Motor Starter Profile Table C 27 Instance 52 ODVA Starter we wr ms Dm uu we Dm wn pepe i pnRammg fat C 10 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Instance 161 is the default input produced assembly for the Bulletin 280G 281G Distributed Motor Controller Table C 28 Instance 161 Default Produced Standard Distributed Motor Running Running 0 On Ready Rev Fwd Tripped 1 kc i User In User In 2 UserIn 1 User In O Instance 163 is the standard input produced assembly with Network Outputs for the Bulletin 280G 281G Distributed Motor Controller Table C 29 Instance 163 Standard Produced Starter with Network Outputs and ZIP CCV Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 140M On Running Running 0 Ready Hay Fwd Warning Tripped 1 id n n User In 4 User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 2 om EUR Net Out 4 Net Out 3 Net Out 2 Net Out 1 Logic wetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut Net Out Net Out 3 Enable 15 14 13 12 11 10 Net Out 9 Stat 4 ZIP Device Value Key Low ZIP Device Value Key High Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies Instance 165 is the default input produced assembly for Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controllers Table C 30 Default Produced Inverter Type Distribu
68. Current 1 5 mA Input Filter Software Selectable Off to On Settable from 0 64 ms in 1 ms increments On to Off Settable from 0 64 ms in 1 ms increments Input Compatibility N A IEC 1 Number of inputs Sensor Source Voltage Status Only 11 25V DC from DeviceNet Current Available 50 mA MAX per Input 300 mA Total 2 Specifications Bulletin 280G 281G Continued Electrical Ratings Operating Temperature Range UL NEMA IEC 20 40 C 4 104 F Environmental torage and Transportation anne 25 85 C 13 185 F Altitude 2000 m Humidity 5 95 non condensing Pollution Degree 3 Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4 12 13 IP67 Approximate Shipping Weight 6 8 kg 15 Ibs Mechanical Resistance to Shock Operational 15G Non Operational 30G Resistance to Vibration Operational 1 G 0 15 mm 0 006 in displacement Non Operational 2 5 G 0 38 mm 0 015 in displacement Power and Ground Terminals WireSize Primary Secondary Terminal Primary Secondary Terminal 16 AWG 10 AWG 1 5 mm 4 0 mm Tightening Torque r Termina indo dion Term fae Nem Wire Strip Length 0 35 in 9 mm Control and Safety Monitor Inputs WireSize 18 AWG 10 AWG 1 0 mm 4 0 mm Tightening Torque 6 2 in lb 0 7 Nem Wire Strip Length 0 35 in 9 mm Other Rating EMC Emission levels Conducted Radio Frequency Emissions Class A Class A Rad
69. DOL 162 Consumed Standard Consumed Instance for DOL with Network Inputs 163 Produced Standard Produced Instance for DOL with Network Outputs 181 Produced User Inputs 182 Consumed Consumed Network Bits a k a Network Inputs 183 Produced Produced Network Bits a k a Network Outputs 184 Produced Trip Status Bits 185 Produced Starter Status Bits 186 Produced DeviceNet Status Bits 187 Consumed Starter Control Bits 189 Produced Warning Status Bits 190 Produced 1779 2010 Bits Table B 14 Custom Parameter Based Word Wise Produced Assembly Instance 120 Instance 120 Word Byte Bit7 Bits Bit4 Bit2 Biti BitO 0 0 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 0 Param low byte 1 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 0 Param high byte 2 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 1 Param low byte 1 3 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 1 Param high byte 2 4 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 2 Param low byte 5 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 2 Param high byte 6 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 3 Param low byte i 7 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 3 Param high byte 6 Bulletin 2806 2816 CIP Information Word wise Bit Packed Assemblies Assemblies whose instance numbers are 180 189 are all one word
70. Fuse Current 56 94 A Therefore for the standard inverse time circuit breaker available not exceeding 56 94 A we need to use a 50 A inverse time circuit breaker This design will also allow the use of 8 AWG for the motor branch circuit Continuing than and applying NEC 430 28 the individual motor tap conductors can be sized down to 1 3 the ampacity of the trunk and following the restrictions in NFPA 79 7 2 10 4 and Table 7 2 10 4 for this case where we have used a 50 A inverse time circuit breaker NFPA 79 Table 7 2 10 4 indicates that the smallest tap conductor can now be 14 AWG See the above figure for this Group motor circuit design The above method instructs one on applying ArmorStart controllers using group motor installation rules Because of the ArmorStart s capability rating and Listing this method provides the minimum branch circuit wire and SCPD protection size that can be used The Armor Start has been evaluated and tested for group motor installations when being feed by a power source having 65 000 Amps available fault current The ArmorStart is not a listed combination motor controller however but is Listed as Industrial Control Equipment per UL 508 for group motor installations per NFPA 79 Under this Listing the NEC and actually NFPA 79 puts an upper bound on the SCPD to be used That upper bound is dictated by the maximum ratings in Table 7 2 10 4 D 6 Group Motor Installations The rules and allowances for sizing
71. IP67 NEMA Type 4 enclosure design which is suitable for water wash down environments The modular plug and play design offers simplicity in wiring the installation The quick disconnects for the I O communications and motor connections reduce the wiring time and eliminate wiring errors The ArmorStart offers as standard six DC inputs to be used with sensors for monitoring and controlling the application process The ArmorStart s LED status indication and built in diagnostics capabilities allow ease of maintenance and troubleshooting The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller offers short circuit protection per UL508 and IEC 60947 The ArmorStart is rated for local disconnect service by incorporating the Bulletin 140 Motor Protector as the local disconnect eliminating the need for additional components The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers are suitable for group motor installations The safety version of the ArmorStart provides a safety solution integrated into DeviceNet Safety installations The Bulletin 280 281 284 Safety ArmorStart achieves Category 4 functionality by using redundant contactors The Safety ArmorStart offers a quick connects via the gland plate to the 1732DS IB8XOBV4 safety I O module The Bulletin 1732DS Safety I O inputs will monitor the status of the safety rated contactors inside the ArmorStart The Bulletin 1732DS Safety I O outputs to provide 24V DC power for control power to the ArmorsStart No
72. Ib in 0 5 Nem Control and Safety 1 0 mm 4 0 mm 6 2 Ib in 0 35 in 9 mm Inputs 18 10 AWG 0 7 Nem TUM 2 14 Installation and Wiring Terminal Designations for Bulletins As shown in the next figure the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller 2806 281 G and 284G contains terminals for power control and ground wiring Access can be gained by removing the terminal access cover plate Figure 2 10 ArmorStart Power Control and Terminals DETAIL A SCALE 2 000 Table 2 2 Power Control and Ground Terminal Designations Terminal Designations No of Poles Description A1 2 Control Power Input A2 2 Control Power Common PE 2 Ground 1 L1 2 Line Power Phase A 3 L3 2 Line Power Phase B 5 L5 2 Line Power Phase C Installation and Wiring 2 15 Dimensions for Bulletin 280G Safety Product Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 11 Dimensions for Bulletin 280G Safety Product 290 11 42
73. Object Table B 41 Discrete Output Object Common Services Implemented for Service Service Code Instance Name OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single 16 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information DOP Instances 1 and 2 Special Behavior Besides the sources that can affect output points 3 and 4 DOPs 1 and 2 can be affected by keypad inputs since they double as the Run Forward and Run Reverse outputs This adds complexity to their behavior so their behavior is defined in this section separately The following State Transition Diagram is used for DOP Instances 1 and 2 Figure B 1 DOP Instances 1 and 2 Non Existant Power Up Auto State Auto Init Power Off Keyad Hand Button Pressed Hand State Hand Stop Keyad Auto Button Pressed Auto State Auto Init Connection Transitions to Established Receive ldle Auto Init DNet Idle Ready Receive Data Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information The following State Transition Diagram is used in Auto State for Unbound DOP Instances 1 and 2 Figure B 2 Auto State for Unbound DOP Instances 1 and 2 DNet Fault Protection Fault DNet Fault DNet Fault Protection Fault DNet Fault onnection Transitions to Established 1084 uonoejolg DNet Fault Protection Fault Reset Protection Fault Protection Fault B 17 18 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information Parameter Object CLASS CODE 0x000
74. Offset Link UINT 21 Get Decimal Precision USINT Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information B 19 Parameter Group Object CLASS CODE 0x0010 The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Object Table B 44 Parameter Object Common Services Implemented for Service Code Service Name Class Instance OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single 0x01 No Yes Get Attributes All The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object Table B 45 Parameter Group Object Class Attributes 1 Get Revision UINT 2 Get Max Instance UINT All Bulletin 280G 281G Motor Starters have the following instances of the parameter group object e Instance 1 DeviceLogix Parameters Instance 2 DeviceNet Parameters Instance 3 Starter Protection Parameters Instance 4 User I O Parameters e Instance 5 Miscellaneous Setup Parameters Instance 6 ZIP Parameters e Instance 7 Starter Display e Instance 8 Starter Setup The following instance attributes are supported for all parameter group instances Table B 46 Parameter Group Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Group String SHORT STRING 2 Get Number of Members UINT 3 Get 13 Parameter UINT 4 Get 20d Parameter UINT n Get Nth Parameter UINT 20 Bulletin 2806 2816 CIP Information Discrete Input Group Object Class
75. Override Override Disabled Comm Status Override Override Enabled Auto Run ZIP Enabled Zone Produced EPR Zone Produced PIT Zone Connection 1 MacID Zone Connection 2 MacID Zone Connection 3 MacID Zone Connection 4 MacID Zone Connection 1 Health Healthy Zone Connection 2 Health Not Healthy Zone Connection 3 Health Not Healthy Zone Connection 4 Health Not Healthy Zone Connection 1 Mask 00000011 On Line Next we must configure data consumption for the 4 zones in the ArmorStart at node 10 First set the Zone MacId parameters as shown below ArmorStart 281D 1 1 5 5A 120VAC PR General Device Parameters 1 0 Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Upload From Device An parameters Single Restore Default Values Download To Device To Device C All Parameter Help StetMontor ID amp Parameter Current Value amp Reserved amp Reserved 0 AutoRun Zip Enabled Zone ProducedEPR Zone ProducedPIT Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Macld Zone 4 Zone 1 Health Zone amp 2 Health zone 3 Health Zone 4 Health Zone 1 Mask Groups On Line ArmorStart ZIP Configuration We will leave the Zone EPR parameters at their default value of 75 msec This tells our ArmorStart that if no data for a zone is consumed for a period of 300 msec 4 times the EPR the zone connection should time out and the health sta
76. Parameter 135 Maximum Freq 0 Param ke Time Param ke 0 139 or 140 or 167 168 Accel Decel Time x Time x Internal Freq Provide the frequency command to drive when Parameter 138 Speed Reference is set to 1 Internal Freq When enabled this parameter will change the frequency command in real time Parameter Number 167 Related Parameters 139 151 152 153 154 170 173 174 177 240 247 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 600 0 Default Value 20 0 Parameter Number 168 Related Parameters 140 151 152 153 154 170 173 174 177 240 247 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 600 0 Default Value 20 0 Parameter Number 169 Related Parameters 138 162 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Default Value 60 0 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 35 170 Preset Freq 0 Parameter Number 170 173 174 177 171 Preset Freq 1 Related Parameters 138 139 140 151 152 152 172 Preset Freq 2 153 167 168 240 247 173 Preset Freq 3 250 257 174 Preset Freq 4 Access Rule GET SET 1
77. Parameter 159 162 to set 9 Retries Exst Value set in Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded 10 Above Anlg V Option not valid for Bulletin 284G ArmorStart 11 Logic In 1 An input is programmed as Logic In 1 and is active 12 Logic In 2 An input is programmed as Logic In 2 and is active 13 Logic In 1 amp 2 Both Logic inputs are programmed and active 14 Logic In 1 or 2 One or both Logic inputs are programmed and one or both is active 4 32 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Options Description 15 StpLogic Out Drive enters Step Logic step with Digit 3 of Command Word Parameters 240 247 16 Timer Out Timer has reached value set in Parameter 159 Opto Out 1 Level or Parameter 162 Opto Output 2 Level Use Parameter 159 or 162 to set threshold 17 Counter Counter has reached value set in Parameter 159 Opto Out 1 Level or Parameter 162 Opto Output 2 Level Use Parameter 159 or 162 to set threshold 18 Above PF An Power factor angle has exceeded the value set in Parameter 159 Opto Out 1 Level or Parameter 162 Opto g Output 2 Level Use Parameter 159 or 162 to set threshold 19 Anlg In Loss Analog input loss has occurred Program parameter 122 Analog In Los for desired action when loss occurs 20 ParamControl Enables the output to be controlled over the network communications by writing to Parameter 159 Opto Out 1 Level or Parameter 162 Opto Output 2 L
78. Parameter Number 91 Zone 2 Control Word Default Bit 0 and Bit 1 set all other bits peor Rule clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable Data Type BYTE data security 1 0 Cnxn 1 Consume Group ZIP Parameters DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn Units 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs MinimumValue 0 Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Maximum Value 255 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Default Value 3 Response messages Zone 3 Control Parameter Number 92 Zone 3 Control Word Default Bit 0 and Bit 1 set all other bits peress Pule clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable Data Type data security Bitl2COS 1 Consume Group ZIP Parameters DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn Units 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs MinimumValue 0 Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Maximum Value 255 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Default Value 3 Response messages 3 22 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Zone 4 Control Parameter Number 93 Zone 3 Control Word Default A Rule GET SET Bit 0 and Bit 1 set all other bits VENIM clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable Data Type data security Bitl C0SCnxn 1 Consume Group ZIP Parameters DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn Units 1 Consume DNet Group 2
79. Power Loss E X 2 Internal Comm X DC Bus Fault X EEprom E X Ll ras HW Fault X E Restart Retries X eese ee Misc Fault dicates DB1 Comm Fault for Bulletin 284G 4 6 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Starter Status Parameter Number 5 This parameter provides the status of the starter Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 x ER X Tripped 2 n X Warning pem X Running Fwd Lu i z X Running Rev E X Ready um X Net Ctl Status X Net Ref Status X m At Reference S ET NES X DrvOpto1 zi EN X DrvOpto2 2 LAT me X zu ur Keypad Jog m lI X Keypad Hand X RIS PE e
80. SEL Related Parameters 151 152 153 154 112 114 138 140 167 168 170 173 174 177 178 179 240 247 GET SET UINT Advanced Program Group Access Rule Stop drive before changing this parameter Data Type Selects the function for the digital inputs Group Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value See Table 4 2 for details Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 29 Table 42 Digital Inputs Options Options Description 0 Not Used Terminal has no function but can be read over network communication via Parameter 114 Dig In Status When active Parameter 167 Accel Time 2 and Parameter 168 Decel Time 2 are used for all ramp rates 1 Acc amp Dec2 except Jog Can only be tied to one input When input is present drive accelerates according to the value set in Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel and ramps to the value set in Parameter 178 Jog Frequency 2 Jog When the input is removed drive ramps to a stop according to the value set in Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel ih Start command will override this input 3 Aux Fault When enable an F2 Auxiliary Input fault will occur when the input is removed Preset Freq Refer to Parameters 170 173 and 174 177 4 Parameters 151 and 152 Default Local Parameter Option not valid for Bulletin 284G ArmorStart 153 Defau
81. Safety 173205 Safey for Recepale 1O Module Outu 1 0 Module Conto Brake Terminal Designations Terminal Description Color Code Designations SM1 Safety Monitor Input Brown A1 Control Power Input Brown A2 Control Power Common Blue PE Ground Green Yellow 1 L1 Line Power Phase A Black 3 12 Line Power PhaseB White 5 13 Line Power Phase C Red ArmorConnect Cable Ratings The ArmorConnect power media cables are rated per UL Type TC 600V 90 Dry 75 Wet Exposed Run ER or MTW 600V 90 or STOOW 105 600V CSA STOOW 600V FT2 Group Motor Installations for USA and Canada Markets Wiring and Workmanship Guidelines Installation and Wiring 2 33 Branch Circuit Protection Requirements for ArmorConnect Three Phase Power Media When using ArmorConnect three phase power media fuses can be used for the motor branch circuit protective device for the group motor installations The following fuse types are recommended Class CC T or J type fuses A 100 A circuit breaker Allen Bradley140 H Frame can be used for the motor branch protective device for the group motor installations when using only the following ArmorConnect Power Media components 280 M35M M1 280 M35F M1 280 T35 and 280 PWRM35 M Maximum Ratings Voltage V 480Y 277 Sym Amps RMS 65 kA Fuse 100 A Circuit Breaker 100 A The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers are listed for use wi
82. Trip condition The Reset Button acts as a local trip reset Figure 1 3 Status Indication and Reset POWER RUN cm EM RE NETWORK FAULT Fault Diagnostics Fault diagnostics capabilities built in the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller help you pinpoint a problem for easy troubleshooting and quick re starting Fault Indication Available on Bulletin 280G 281G 284G Available on Bulletin 280G 281G 284G Fault Indication Short Circuit e Phase Imbalance X Overload X X e Miscellaneous Fault X Phase Loss X X e Brake Fuse Detection X Control Power Loss X X e Internal Comm Fault X Control Power Fuse Detection X X e DC Bus Fault X 1 0 Fault X X e Ground Fault X Over Temperature X X e Overcurrent X DeviceNet Power Loss X X e Restart Retries X EEprom Fault X X e Stall X X X X Hardware Fault e Phase Short 1 6 Product Overview Inputs The inputs are single keyed 2 inputs per connector which are sourced from DeviceNet power 24V DC with LED status indication Gland Plate Entrance The ArmorStart product offers connectivity to the ArmorConnect power media Receptacles are provided for connectivity to both three phase and control power media ArmorStart with DeviceNet Network Capabilities The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller delivers advanced capabilities to access parameter settings and provides fault diagnostics a
83. Type USINT 1 1 0 Connection Transport Class Trigger 0x00 Cyclic unacknowledged 0x03 Cyclic acknowledged 3 Get USINT 0x10 COS unacknowledged 0x13 COS acknowledged 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT 01101 XXXXXX node address 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 10xxxxxx101 XXXXXX node address Initial Comm Characteristics 0x02 acknowledged i Get USINT OxOF unacknowledged 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0 8 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0 8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds Watchdog Action 0 transition to timed out 12 cet BSINT 1 auto delete 2 auto reset 13 Get Produced Connection Path UINT 8 Length 14 Get Produced Connection Path 21 04 00 25 assy inst 00 30 03 15 Get Consumed Connection Path UINT 8 Length Consumed Connection Path 21 04 00 25 assy inst 16 Get Set 00 30 03 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Instances 5 7 will be available Group 3 explicit message connections that are allocated through the UCMM The following attributes are supported Table C 38 Connection Object Instance 5 7 Attributes Attribute Access Name Data Value ID Rule Type State 0 non existent 1 configuring a USINT 3 established 4 timed out Instance Type 0 Explicit 2 Get USINT Message Transport Class Trigger 0x83 Server 3 Get USINT Transport Class 3 Produced Connection ID Depends
84. Units 0 01 Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 99 99 Default Value 0 01 Parameter Number 235 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 sec Maximum Value 999 9 sec Default Value 0 1 sec Parameter Number 236 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 01 1 sec Minimum Value 0 00 1 sec Maximum Value 99 99 1 sec Default Value 0 01 1 sec Parameter Number 237 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 10 0 Default Value 0 0 4 54 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers PID Deadband Sets the lower limit of the PID output PID Preload Sets the value used to preload the integral component on start or enable A240 Stp Logic 0 A241 Stp Logic 1 A242 Stp Logic 2 A243 Stp Logic 3 A244 Stp Logic 4 A245 Stp Logic 5 A246 Stp Logic 6 A247 Stp Logic 7 Stop drive before changing this parameter Parameter Number 238 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 096 Maximum Value 10 0 Default Value 0 0 Parameter Number 239 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 0 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Hz Maximum Value 400 0 Hz Default Value 0 0 Hz Parameter Number 240 247 Access Rule GET SET Data Typ
85. Zone 1 Mask Zone 2 Mask 000000 11 Zone 3 Mask 00000011 Zone 4 Mask 00000011 Zone amp 1 Offset Zone amp 2 Offset Zone 3 Offset Zone 4 Offset Zone 1EPR Zone 2 EPR Zone 3 EPR Zone 4 EPR We will set the Zone Offsets as shown below This maps zone 1 data to byte 0 of the DeviceLogix Data Table zone 2 data to byte 2 of the DeviceLogix Data Table zone 3 data to byte 4 of the DeviceLogix Data Table and zone 4 data to byte 6 of the DeviceLogix Data Table gt ArmorStart 2810 1 1 5 120VAC KAA General Device Parameters o Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups p On Line Upload From Device All parameters zj Single Restore Default Values e Download To Device Parameter Help __ Seo amp Parameter CuretVaue amp Zone 2 Health Healthy a a Zone 3 Health Healthy Zone 4 Health Healthy Zone 1 Mask 00000011 Zone 2 Mask 00000011 Zone 3 Mask 00000011 Zone 4 Mask 00000011 Zone 1 Offset 8 Zone amp 2 Offset Zone amp 3 Offset Zone 4 Offset Zone 1 EPR 75 mSec Zone 2 EPR 75 mSec Zone 3 EPR 75 mSec Assuming the ArmorStarts mapped to zones 1 to 3 are producing the following data 8 10 ArmorStart amp ZIP Configuration Instance 163 Standard Produced Starter with Network Outputs and ZIP CCV Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 Read
86. an WH H x 111321 e Hi e 4 3 EE 2 8 Installation and Wiring Dimensions for Bulletin 1000 Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 5 Dimensions for 7 5 Hp 5 5 kW and 10 Hp 7 5 kW 460V AC IP67 NEMA Type 4 with ArmorConnect Connectivity 609 6 24 00 mem CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATING MECHANIS RESET KEYPAD 1 0 MODULE 603 25 23 75 609 6 24 00 2 L5 FRONT VIEW 2 146 05 r 254 5 75 10 001 m 214 19 110 80 420 24 116 551 b 571 5 22 50 MOUNTING FOOT SLOTS fA UH 4 B 406 MTG SLOT 8 568 45 MOUNTING FOOT SLOTS 22 38 BACK VIEW MOUNTING Installation and Wiring 2 9
87. and T V Requirements ArmorBlock Guard 1 0 Modules e L IN d lt 7 iy Description ArmorBlock Guard 1 0 provides all the advantages of traditional distributed 1 0 for safety systems but has an IP67 package that can be mounted directly on your machine On machine safety 1 0 reduces wiring time and startup costs for safety controller applications by eliminating electrical boxes and simplifying cable installation The ArmorBlock family provides industrially hardened 1 0 blocks that you can mount directly on equipment near sensors or actuators Wiring the 1 0 to the sensors and actuators is easy using pre wired quick disconnect cables You can use Guard 1 0 with any safety controller that communicates on DeviceNet using CIP Safety for the control and monitoring of safety circuits Guard 1 0 detects circuit failures at each 1 0 point while providing detailed diagnostics directly to the controller With CIP Safety you can easily integrate safety and standard control systems by using safety and standard messages on the same wire The 173205 ArmorBlock Guard 1 0 family consists of 24V DC digital 1 0 modules that communicate DeviceNet networks The 1 0 connectors are sealed M12 micro style while the network and auxiliary power connectors are sealed mini style Plus the ArmorBlock Guard 1 0 uses the same input and output M12 pin configuration as standard ArmorBlock and Maxum Cat
88. as RSNetWorx for DeviceNet or another handheld DeviceNet tool Using the software access the device parameters screen as shown below Notice that by default the motor FLA is set to the minimum FLA setting for the device and the overload trip class is set to 10 Select FLA setting parameter 106 and enter a value that corresponds to the FLA of the motor connected to the ArmorStart Make sure the single radio button is selected and then select Download to Device Select Overload Class parameter 107 and choose the overload trip class to be used with the motor connected to the ArmorStart The ArmorStart can be set up for trip class 10 15 or 20 Make sure the Single radio button is selected and then select Download to Device The proper motor protection is now in place Figure 5 2 RSNetWorx Parameter Screen zx General Device Parameters yo Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups On Line Upload From Device All parameters x Single Restore Default Values P Download To Device Parameter Help SaMont ID Parameter Current Value Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Phase A Current Phase B Current Phase C Current Average Current 96 Therm Utilized FLA Setting Overload Class Ol Reset Level Cancel Apply Help B a a a A e a DeviceNet Commissioning 5 9 Using Automap feature with default Input and Output 1 0 Assem
89. data using Change of State COS triggering The automatic production of this COS data by an ArmorStart is enabled by setting Parameter 67 AutoRun ZIP to a value of 1 2 Enable Then COS data will be produced automatically when the global ZIP enable parameter Zone Ctrl Enable Parameter 99 is set to the value of 1 Enable Data production will take place at a rate specified by Parameter 68 Zone ProducedEPR The minimum period between Change of State productions is determined by the value of Parameter 69 Zone ProducedPIT In the ArmorStart data from up to 4 other devices can be consumed for use in the local logic The 4 devices whose data is to be consumed are logically referred to by zone number i e zones 1 4 To configure an ArmorStart to consume data from another node on the network the node address Macld is placed in the proper Zone MacId parameter parameters 70 73 For example to configure an ArmorStart to consume data for zone 1 from node number 11 on the network the value 11 is placed in Parameter 70 Zone 1 Macld Not all zones need to be configured to consume data If the user wishes to turn off data consumption for a zone the value 64 is placed in the Zone parameter for that zone The ArmorStart monitors the frequency at which all consumed data is received in order to determine the health of each zone s data connection The Zone EPR parameters parameters 86 89 define the Expected Packet
90. exists Check for a base starter module mismatch If no mismatch exists the ArmorStart may need to be replaced Hdw FIt is the factory enabled default setting This fault cannot be disabled 10 4 Troubleshooting Table 10 2 Motor Will Not Start No Output Voltage to the Motor LED Status Indication Possible Cause Possible Solutions Fault or Network Status Led indicates a See Fault Description See Table 10 1 and or Table 10 12 addressing fault fault condition conditions No Fault condition indicated Three Phase is absent Check power system Check three phase power wiring and correct if necessary Display is blank Control voltage is absent Check control wiring and polarity Correct if necessary Troubleshooting 10 5 Bulletin 284G Troubleshooting Fault Definitions Some of the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller faults are detected by the internal hardware of the ArmorStart while others are detected by the internal drive For internal drive faults the internal hardware of the ArmorStart simply polls the drive for the existence of faults and reports the fault state No fault latching is done by the internal hardware of the ArmorStart for these faults The Pr FltReset Mode parameter Parameter 23 determines the Auto Resettability of only the faults that are detected on the main control board These faults are listed as param 23 autoresettable in 10 3 The Auto Resettability of the faults tha
91. implemented for the Parameter Group Object Table C 53 Parameter Group Object Service Common Services Service Code OxOE Implemented for Class Instance Service Name Get Airbug Discrete Input Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001D No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Group Object A single instance of the Discrete Input Group Object is supported It contains the following attributes Table C 54 Discrete Input Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get USINT 4 Instances 4 Get Binding Array of UINT List of DIP instances 6 Get Set Off On Delay UINT in usec 7 Get Set On Off Delay UINT In usec The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Group Object Table C 55 Discrete Input Group Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 27 Discrete Output Group Object No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Group CLASS CODE 0x001E Object Two instances of the Discrete Output Group Object are supported They contain the following attributes Table C 56 Discrete Output Group Instance 1Attributes Attribute Access Data Value ID Rule Type 3 Get Number of USINT 10 Instances 4 Get Binding Array List of DOP instances 1 2
92. individual starter type Refer to Chapter 5 DeviceNet Commissioning for instructions in using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet to modify parameter settings Important Resetting the Factory Default Values Parameter 47 Set to Defaults allows the installer to reset all parameters to the factory default values It also resets the MAC ID to its factory default after DeviceNet Power is cycled if switches are set gt 63 Important Parameter setting changes downloaded to the ArmorStart take effect immediately even during running status Important Parameter setting changes made in a configuration tool such as RSNetWorx for DeviceNet do not take effect in the ArmorStart until the installer applies or downloads the new settings to the device 3 2 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Parameter Group Listing The Bulletin 280G 281G ArmorStart contains eight parameter groups The parameters shown in the DeviceLogix DeviceNet Starter Protection User I O Misc Parameter ZIP Parameters Starter Display and Starter Setup are discussed in this chapter Table 3 1 Parameter Group Listing DeviceLogix 1 Hdw Inputs 2 Network Inputs 3 Network Outputs 4 Trip Status 5 Starter Status 6 DNet Status 7 Starter Command 8 Network Override 9 Comm Override DeviceNet 10 Autobaud Enable 11 Consumed 10 Assy 12 Produced IO Assy 13 Prod Assy Word 0 14 Prod Assy Word 1 15 Prod Assy Word 2 16 Prod Assy Word 3
93. is that the industrial equipment that utilizes several group motor installations on different branch circuits can standardize the size of the SCPD and the branch wiring for all the branch circuits of the installation as long as they do not exceed the maximum ratings of Table D 1as extended by the UL Certificate of Compliances for combined ArmorStart and ArmorConnect installations which ever is less Appendix E Accessories Table E 1 DeviceNet Media Description KwikLink pigtail drops are Insulation Displacement Connector IDC with integral Class 1 round cables for interfacing devices or power supplies to flat cable DeviceNet Mini T Port Tap Gray PVC Thin Cable Thick Cable DeviceNet Configuration Terminal Used to interface with objects on a DeviceNet network Includes 1 m communications cable Communication cable color coded bare leads Communication cable microconnector male Panel Mount Adapter Door Mount Bezel Kit Length m ft Cat No Sealed 1m 3 3 1485P P1E4 B1 N5 2 m 6 5 1485P P1E4 B2 N5 3 m 9 8 1485P P1E4 B3 N5 6 m 19 8 1485P P1E4 B6 N5 Right Keyway 1485P P1N5 MN5NF Left Keyway 1485P P1N5 MN5KM Connector Cat No Mini Straight Female Mini Straight Male 1485G PEN5 M5 Mini Straight Female Mini Right Angle Male 1485G P9ws N5 Mini Right Angle Female Mini Straight Male 14856 5 75 Mini Right Angle Female Mini Straight Male Mini Stra
94. may come from a digital command or serial command All reverse inputs including two wire Run Reverse will be ignored with reverse disabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Flying Start En Sets the condition that allows the drive to reconnect to a spinning motor at actual RPM 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Compensation Enables disables correction options that may improve problems with motor instability 0 Disabled 1 Electrical Default Some drive motor combinations have inherent instabilities which are exhibited as non sinusoidal motor currents This setting attempts to correct this condition 2 Mechanical Some motor load combinations have mechanical resonances which can be excited by the drive current regulator This setting slows down the current regulator response and attempts to correct this condition 3 Both Parameter Number 194 Related Parameters 192 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 195 Related Parameters 106 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 196 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 197 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group
95. of the over current protection for NFPA 79 motor groups is covered by 7 2 10 4 Table 7 2 10 4 and Table 13 5 6 These rules in Tables 7 2 10 4 and 13 5 6 are intended to limit the maximum SCPD for a group Therefore each ArmorStart controller with its factory supplied output motor cable is suitable for single motor or multiple motor group installations on industrial machinery when installed according to NFPA 79 2002 The controller and output motor cable have been evaluated as a single system The maximum over current device rating or setting is limited to the value in Table D 1 for the smallest user supplied input line conductor by the controller s maximum rating or as allowed by the UL Certificate of Compliances 012607 E3125 E96956 and E207834 for the combined use of ArmorStart and ArmorConnect components The Certificate of Compliances allow the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers Models 280 10 281 10 and 284 10 respectively to be used with ArmorConnect input cable media 280 PWRM22 M 280S PWRM22 M Cable Assembly branch circuit taps and 280 M22 M1 ArmorConnet Panel Mounting Fittings when the group motor branch circuits are protected with a maximum 40 A non time delay or a 20 A time delay Class CC T or F fuse These ArmorStart and ArmorConnect product UL Certification of Compliances effectively extend Table D 1 to allow ArmorConnect branch circuit taps and mounting fittings constructed with 16 AWG conductor sized
96. place the chosen Group ZIP Parameters consumed data bytes for zone 2 Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 7 Default Value 0 Zone 3 Offset Parameter Number 84 Access Rule GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data Data Type UNIT portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen Group ZIP Parameters consumed data bytes for zone 3 Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 4 Offset Parameter Number 85 Access Rule GET SET The byte offset into the ZP data Data Type UNIT portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen Group ZIP Parameters consumed data bytes for zone 4 Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 3 20 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Zone 1 EPR Parameter Number 86 Access Rule GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in Data Type UINT msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is Group ZIP Parameters not received in 4 times this Units msec value the zone connection will MinimumValue 0 time out and Zone 1 Health Maximum Value 65535 will report 1 Not Healthy Default Value 75 Zone 2 EPR Parameter Number 87 Access Rule GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in Data UNIT msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is Group ZIP Parameters not received in 4 times this Units msec value the zone connection will Min
97. power drive power section 25 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared F80 SVC Autotune The autotune function was either 26 Restart procedure cancelled by the user or failed 10 12 Troubleshooting No Fault b Description Action F81 Comm Loss 2 RS485 DSI port stopped 27 Turn off using Parameter 205 Comm Loss Action communicating 28 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared F100 Parameter 2 The checksum read from the board 29 Set Parameter 141 Reset To Defaults to option 1 Reset Defaults Checksum does not match the checksum calculated F122 1 0 Board Fail 2 Failure has been detected in the 30 Cycle power drive control and 1 0 section 31 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared SeeTable 10 3 for internal drive fault types Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions Table 10 6 Motor Does Not Start Cause s Indication Corrective Action No output None Check the power circuit voltage to e Check the supply voltage the motor e Check all fuses and disconnects Check the motor Verify that the motor is connected properly e Verify that 1 0 Terminal 01 is active Verify that Parameter 136 Start Source matches your configuration Verify that Parameter 195 Reverse Disable is not prohibiting movement Drive is Flashing red Clear fault Faulted status light Press Stop Cycle power Set Parameter 200 Fault Clear to optio
98. the motor incorrect or inadequate AC supply or excessive ambient temperatures may result in malfunction of the system Bulletin 280G 281G The following flowchart for Bulletin 280G 281G units is provided to Troubleshooting aid in quick troubleshooting No v Y Fault Network Motor will not LED LED Start See See See Table 10 1 Table 10 8 Table 10 7 Blink Pattern Troubleshooting 10 3 Table 10 1 Fault LED Indications for Bulletin 280G and 281G ArmorStart Definitions Distributed Motor Controllers Possible Causes or Remedies 1 Short Circuit The motor circuit protector has tripped or the internal wiring protection algorithm has detected an unsafe current range Try to reset the protector if tripped If the condition continues check the power wiring This fault cannot be disabled Overload Trip The load has drawn excessive current and based on the trip class selected the device has tripped Verify that the load is operating correctly and the ArmorStart is properly set up This fault cannot be disabled Phase Loss The ArmorStart has detected a missing phase Verify that three phase voltage is present at the line side connections This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default Reserved Not Used Reserved Not Used Control Power 1 0 Fault The ArmorStart has detected a loss of the control power voltage or blown cont
99. the accel decel ramp as shown Trim Control is used when Parameter 232 PID Ref Sel is set to option 5 6 7 or 8 Speed Ref PID Loop Accel Decel PID Ref gt PID Prop Gain Pame PID E Error Output PID Fdbk PID Integ Time i 50 4 gt PID Diff Rate PID Enabled Example PID Reference Equilibrium Set Point In a winder application the PID Reference equals the Equilibrium set point The Dancer Pot signal provides PID Feedback to the drive Fluctuations in tension result in a PID Error value The Master Speed Reference sets the wind unwind speed As tension increases or decreases during winding the Speed Reference is trimmed to compensate Tension is maintained near the Equilibrium set point PID Feedback Dancer Pot Signal lt 10 Volts Speed Reference PID Setup H 3 PID Reference and Feedback Parameter 232 PID Ref Sel is used to enable the PID mode Parameter 232 0 PID Disabled and to select the source of the PID Reference If A132 PID Ref Sel is not set to O PID Disabled PID can still be disabled by select programmable digital input options Parameters 151 154 such as Jog Local or PID Disable Option Description 0 Disables the PID loop default setting PID Disabled 1 Selects Exclusive Control Parameter 137 PID Setpoint will be us
100. the basic logic to trigger a transition to the next step Figure 1 3 Start Step 0 Step 1 V Time l 4 Step Logic Basic Logic and Timer Counter Functions Timer Function Counter Function Digital inputs and outputs control the timer function and are configured with Parameters 151 154 Digital Inx Sel set to 18 Timer Start and 20 Reset Timer Digital outputs relay and opto type define a preset level and indicate when the level is reached Level Parameters 156 Relay Out Level 159 Opto Out1 Level and 162 Opto Out2 Level are used to set the desired time in seconds Parameters 155 Relay Out Sel 158 Opto Out1 Sel and 161 Opto Out2 Sel are set to option 16 Timer Out and cause the output to change state when the preset level is reached Digital inputs and outputs control the counter function and are configured with Parameters 151 154 Digital Inx Sel set to 19 Counter In and 21 Reset Counter Digital outputs relay and opto type define a preset level and indicate when the level is reached Level Parameters 156 Relay Out Level 159 Opto Out1 Level and 162 Opto Out2 Level are used to set the desired count value Parameters 155 Relay Out Sel 158 Opto Out1 Sel and 161 Opto Out2 Sel are set to 17 Counter Out which causes the output to change state when the level is reached Example e A photo eye is used to count packages on a conveyor line e An accumulator holds the pac
101. the network or from the device hardware Hardware I O is the physical Inputs and Outputs located on the device such as push buttons and pilot lights that are connected to the ArmorsStart 7 2 Using DeviceLogix There are many reasons to use the DeviceLogix functionality but some of the most common are listed below e Increased system reliability e Fast update times 1 2 ms possible e Improved diagnostics and reduced troubleshooting e Operation independent of PLC or Network status e Continue to run process in the event of network interruptions e Critical operations can be safely shutdown through local logic DeviceLogix Programming The following example will show how to program a simple logic Example routine to interface the ArmorStart with a remote hard wired start stop station In this case the I O is wired as shown in the table Table 7 1 Hardware Bit Assignments and Description for the ArmorStart Input Table Output Table Bit Description Bit Description Input 0 Start Button Run Fwd Contactor Coil Input 1 Stop Button N A N A Input 2 N A Input 3 N A Important Before programming logic it is important to decide on the conditions under which the logic will run As defined earlier the conditions can be defined by setting parameter 8 Network Override and parameter 9 Comm Override to the desired value 1 While in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet Double click on the ArmorStart 2 Click on th
102. three phase power media fuses can be used for the motor branch circuit protective device for the group motor installations The following fuse types are recommended Class CC T or J type fuses A 100 A circuit breaker Allen Bradley140 H Frame can be used for the motor branch protective device for the group motor installations when using only the following ArmorConnect Power Media components 280 M35M M1 280 M35F MI 280 T35 and 280 PWRM35 M The Listed ArmorStart motor controllers with their factory supplied motor cable carries the marked maximum ratings shown in the following table Max Ratings Wage Sym Amps RMS 65 kA Circuit Breaker 100A Fuse 9 100A Class J CC and T fuses only D 8 Group Motor Installations To summarize the design of the ArmorStart controllers in group motor applications is to be carried out as described above The user supplied line side SCPD and wiring has to meet the minimum requirements determined above however the SCPD is required to protect the ArmorStart controller s associated line side wiring only and can be increased to the values allowed in the maximum ratings tables above Because the maximum line side conductor for the ArmorStart is 10 AWG this is the maximum tap wire or daisy chain wiring that can be used to take advantage of the ArmorStart s maximum input ratings A benefit to the ArmorStart rating and the above design process using NFPA rules
103. to be connected to appropriate ArmorStart motor controllers See Table D 1 Group Motor Installations D 7 Table D 1 Extended NFPA 79 Relationship Between Conductor Size and Maximum Rating or Setting of Short Circuit Protective Devices for Power Circuits Max Ratings umi Time Delay or Dual Element Breaker amperes Fuse amperes 169 us s 14 60 3 12 80 m 10 100 8 150 6 200 250 125 For 16 AWG conductors the branch circuit breaker must be marked for use the 16 AWG wire NFPA 79 12 6 1 1 The UL Certificate of Compliance for the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers models 280 10 281 10 283 10 284 10 and ArmorConnect input cable media 280 M22 M 280S PWRM22 M cable assembly branch circuit taps and 280 M22 M1 ArmorConnect panel mounting fittings allows 16 AWG conductors to be used when part of ArmorStart and ArmorConnect components The 280 PWRM22 M ArmorConnect cable assembly taps and 280 22 M1 panel mounted fittings with 16 AWG conductors are suitably protected when protected in the branch circuit by a 40A non time delay fuse Q The 280 PWRM22 M ArmorConnect Cable Assembly taps and 280 22 M1 Panel Mounted Fittings with 16 AWG conductors are suitably protected when protected in the branch circuit by a 20A time delay fuse Branch Circuit Protection Requirements for ArmorConnect Three Phase Power Media When using ArmorConnect
104. to be unplugged and replaced after proper lockout tag out procedures have been employed The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller contains the equivalent of 30 in 0 76 m of DeviceNet drop cable s electrical characteristics and therefore 30 in of drop cable must be included in the DeviceNet drop cable budget for each ArmorStart in addition to actual drop cable required for the installation Other DeviceNet System Design Considerations The separation of the control power and DeviceNet power is recommended as a good design practice This minimizes the load on the DeviceNet supply and prevents transients which may be present on the control power system from influencing the communication controls Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Installation and Wiring 2 35 The following guidelines are provided for EMC installation compliance General Notes Bulletin 284G only motor Cable should be kept as short as possible in order to avoid electromagnetic emission as well as capacitive currents e Conformity of the drive with CE EMC requirements does not guarantee an entire machine installation complies with CE EMC requirements Many factors can influence total machine installation compliance e Using an EMI filter with any drive rating may result in relatively high ground leakage currents Therefore the filter must only be used in installations and solidly grounded bonded to the building power distribution ground Grou
105. 0 1 Reserved Lovie Reserved 140M On Enable 2 Driveln4 DriveIn3 Drive In2 ii n Reserved Reserved Run Rev 3 Reserved Jog Rev Jog Fwd 4 Net Outs Net Out7 Net Out 6 n Net Out 4 Net Out 3 Net Out 2 d 5 ZIP CCV Low 6 ZIP CCV High Standard Distributed Motor Standard Distributed Motor Controller I O Assemblies are available Controller 1 0 Assemblies on all Starter Types Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed Assemblies Instance 3 is the required output consumed assembly defined in the DeviceNet Motor Starter Profile Table C 22 ODVA Starter Run Fwa Instance 160 is the default output consumed assembly for Bulletin 280G 281G Distributed Motor Controllers Table C 23 Instance 160 Default Consumed Standard Distributed Motor Controller 0 LI EP Reset Instance 162 is the standard output consumed assembly with Network Inputs for Bulletin 280G 281G Distributed Motor Controllers Table C 24 Standard Consumed Starter with Network Inputs Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Fault Reset 1 Netin8 NetIn7 NetIn6 Netin5 Netin4 Netin3 Netin2 NetIn1 2 NetIn 16 Netin 15 Netin 14 Netin 13 NetIn 12 Netin 11 Netin 10 Net In 9 Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 0 Reserved Reserved Run Rev Run Fwd Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 9 Bulletin 284G Distributed Motor Controller 1 0 Assemblies Bulletin 284G Distributed Motor Controller I
106. 0V The output is used to provide a signal that is proportional to several drives Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 33 Table 4 5 Analog Output Options Parameter Number 165 Related Parameters 135 166 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum See Table for details Default Value Options Output Range c EE ON Dui Hon A066 DIP Switch Position 0 OutFreq 0 10 0 10V OV 0 Hz P035 Maximum Freq 0 10V 101 1 OutCurr 0 10 0 10V 0V 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated Output Current 0 10V 103 2 OutVolt 0 10 0 10V OV 0 Volts 120 Drive Rated Output Volts 0 10V 104 3 OutPowr 0 10 0 10V 0V 0 kW 200 Drive Rated Power 0 10V 122 4 TstData 0 10 0 10V OV 0000 65535 Hex FFFF 0 10V 119 5 OutFreq 0 20 0 20 mA 0 mA 0 Hz P035 Maximum Freq 0 20 mA 101 6 OutCurr 0 20 0 20 mA 0 mA 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated Output Current 0 20 mA 103 7 OutVolt 0 20 0 20 mA 0 mA 0 Volts 120 Drive Rated Output Volts 0 20 mA 104 8 OutPowr 0 20 0 20 mA 0 mA 0 kW 200 Drive Rated Power 0 20 mA 122 9 TstData 0 20 0 20 mA 0 mA 0000 65535 Hex FFFF 0 20 mA 119 10 OutFreq 4 20 4 20 mA 4 mA 0 Hz P035 Maximum Freq 0 20 mA 101 11 OutCurr 4 20 4 20 mA 4 mA 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated Output Current 0 20 mA 103 12 OutV
107. 10 Major Recoverable fault Bit 11 Major Unrecoverable fault 6 Get Serial Number UDINT Unique Number for Each Device Product Name Structure of 7 Get String Length USINT Product code specific ASCII String STRING See Table B 1 and Table B 3 8 Get State USINT Returns the value 3 Operational 9 Get Configuration Consistency Value UINT Unique value depending on output of the parameter checksum algorithm 10 Get Set Heartbeat Interval USINT In seconds Default 0 Message Router CLASS CODE 0x0002 The following common services are implemented for the Identity Object Table B 8 Identity Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x05 No Yes Reset 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single No class or instance attributes are supported The message router object exists only to rout explicit messages to other objects 4 Bulletin 2806 2816 CIP Information DeviceNet Object CLASS CODE 0x0003 The following class attributes are supported for the DeviceNet Object Table B 9 DeviceNet Object Class Attributes Get 1 Value mr 2 A single instance instance 1 of the DeviceNet Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table B 10 DeviceNet Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Set Node Address USINT 0 63 0 125K 2 Get Set Ba
108. 10 134 pe a E s other than zero Parameter 110 Process Display indicates the Access Rule GET SET Eum Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 99 99 Default Value 0 00 Process Time Hi Parameter Number 216 Scales the time value when the drive is running at Parameter 135 Maximum Freq Related Parameters 110 135 When set to a value other than zero Parameter 110 Process Display indicates the Access Rule GET SET duration of the process Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 99 99 Default Value 0 00 Bus Reg Mode Parameter Number 217 Enables the bus regulator Related Parameters 0 Disable Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 4 48 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Current Limit 2 Parameter Number 218 Maximum output current allowed before current limiting occurs This parameter is Related Parameters 133 151 152 153 154 189 only active if Parameters 151 152 153 and 154 Digital Inx Sel is set to 25 Current Lmt2 and is active Skip Frequency Sets the frequency at which the drive will not operate Skip Frq Band Determines the brand width around Parameter 219 Skip Frequency Parameter 220 Skip Frquency is split applying 1 2 a
109. 100 This fault cannot be disabled 14 Hardware Fault Indicates incorrect base starter assembly Auxiliary input interlock is open Failure has been Drive Error Codes 2 70 and detected in the drive power section Failure has been detected in the Drive control and 1 0 section 122 Cycle power and replace drive if fault cannot be cleared This fault cannot be disabled 15 Auto Restart Tries Drive unsuccessfully attempted to reset a fault and resume running for the programmed number of Drive Error Code 33 Parameter 192 Auto RstrtTries Correct the cause of the fault This fault cannot be disabled 16 Miscellaneous Fault This fault is actually the logical OR of the drive s Auxiliary Input fault Fault Code 2 Heatsink Overtemperature fault Fault Code 8 Parameter Defaulted fault Fault Code 48 and SVC Autotune fault Fault Code 80 Fan RPM Fault and DB1 Fault This fault cannot be disabled Troubleshooting 10 7 Operation and Troubleshooting of the DB1 Dynamic Brake The DB1 Dynamic Brake option provides the following protection features DB Resistor Overtemperature Fault e DB Overcurrent Fault DB Undercurrent Fault DB Switch Fault DB Open Fault DB VBus Link Fault DB Thermal Warning DB Comm Fault DB Resistor Overtemperature Fault The DB1 measures current continuously and models resistor body temperature based on measured current and resistor model parameters The DB1 not only calc
110. 112 Related Parameters 136 138 151 154 Digital Inx Sel must be set to 4 169 170 177 Preset Freq X 240 247 Step Logic Control Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9 Default Value 5 Parameter Number 113 Related Parameter 102 134 135 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 114 Related Parameter 151 154 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 115 Related Parameter 203 207 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 23 Control SW Ver Main Control Board software version for AC Drive Drive Type Used by Rockwell Automation field service personnel Elapsed Run Time Accumulated time drive is outputting power Time is displayed in 10 hour increments Testpoint Data The present value of the function selected in Parameter 202 Analog In 0 10V The percent value of the voltage at 1 0 terminal 13 100 10V Analog In 4 20 mA This parameter is not available for use with the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller
111. 22 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT n Display Group Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value Drive rated power X 2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 123 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 180 0 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 124 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 C Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 120 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 125 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 126 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 25 Stp Logic Status Parameter Number 128 When Parameter 138 Speed Reference is set to 6 Stp Logic this parameter will Access Rule GET nis current step of step logic as defined by Parameters 240 247 Stp Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value Read Only Torque Current Parameter Number 129 The current value of the motor torque current Related Parameters Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 01 Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value Drive Rated Amps x 2 Default Value Read Only Basic Program Group Mo
112. 23 Motion Disable 24 Keypad Disable Chapter 8 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Overview This chapter describes the steps necessary to configure the Zone Interlocking Parameters ZIP to configure peer to peer communication between an ArmorStart and another ZIP enabled device such as another ArmorStart or a 1977 ZCIO module First an overview of the ZIP parameter set is presented Then the steps necessary to enable peer to peer data production are described Next the steps necessary to enable peer to peer data consumption are described Finally the steps necessary to map the consumed peer to peer data to the DeviceLogix data table for use in local logic are described ZIP Parameter Overview Each ArmorStart can consume ZIP data from up to 4 other devices The 4 devices are referred to as zones of data and these zones are numbered from 1 to 4 The following parameters are used to configure a device for ZIP peer to peer communication 8 2 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Param Parameter Name Parameter Description 67 AutoRun ZIP Enables ZIP data production on power up 0 Disable 1 Enable 68 Zone ProducedEPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec Defines the rate of at which ZIP data is produced Defaults to 75 msec 69 Zone ProducedPIT The Production Inhibit Time in msec Defines the minimum time between Change of State data production
113. 3 4 5 UINT 6 7 8 9 10 6 Get Set Command BOOL 0 idle 1 run 104 Get Set Network Status BOOL 0 Override go to safe state Override 1 Override run local logic 105 Get Set Comm Status BOOL 0 No override go to safe state Override 1 Override run local logic Table C 57 Discrete Output Group Instance 2 Attributes Attribute Access Data ID Rule Name Type Value 3 Get Number of USINT 4 Instances Binding Array of 5 6 7 8 4 ent UINT 7 Get Set Fault Action BOOL 0 Fault Value Attribute 1 Hold Last State 8 Get Set Fault Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON 9 Get Set Idle Action BOOL 0 Idle Value Attribute 1 Hold Last State 10 Get Set Idle Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON 113 Get Set Pr Fault Action BOOL 0 Pr Fault Value Attribute 1 Ignore 114 Get Set Pr Fault Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Group Object Table C 58 Discrete Output Group Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name 0x0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single C 28 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Control Supervisor Object No class attributes will be supported A single instance instance 1 of CLASS CODE 0x0029 the Control Supervisor Object will be supported Table C 59 Instance 1 Control Supervisor Object Attribute ID
114. 4 External Connections for Control Brake Connector N Figure A 5 External Connections for Three Phase Power Input Pin 1 V Out Pin 2 Input Pin 3 Comm Pin 4 Input Pin 5 NC No Connection Pin 1 T1 Black Pin 2 Ground Green Yellow Pin 3 T3 Red Pin 4 T2 White Pin 1 Drain Not Connected Pin 2 VDNET Pin 3 VDNET Pin 4 CAN_H Pin 5 CAN_L Pin 1 GND Green Yellow Pin 2 L1 Black Pin 3 L2 White Pin 1 L1 Black Pin 2 Ground Green Yellow Pin 3 L3 Red Pin 4 L2 White 4 Specifications Bulletin 280G 281G Continued Figure A 6 External Connections for 120V AC Control Power Pin 1 GND Green Yellow Pin 2 L1 Black Pin 3 L2 White Figure A 7 Safety Monitor Input SM1 SM2 1 Pin 1 SM2 White Pin 2 SM1 Brown Pin 3 N C No connection Pin 4 N C No connection Figure A 8 External Connections for Safety Input Power A1 A2 Pin 1 M White Pin 2 A1 Brown e Pin 3 P Black Pin 4 A2 Blue Specifications Bulletin 2806 2816 Continued Figure A 9 Overload Trip Curves Class 10 10000 4 m o 2 1000 4 E Cold 100 4 g Hot c 10 4 lt 1 T T 7 T 7 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
115. 5 01 00 30 02 The following services are implemented for the Connection Object Table C 40 Connection Objects Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name 0x05 No Yes Reset OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single C 18 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Discrete Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0008 The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Point Object Table C 41 Discrete Input Point Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Revision UINT 2 2 Get Max Instance UINT 4 Four instances of the Discrete Input Point Object are supported All instances will contain the following attributes Table C 42 Discrete Input Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON 115 Get Set Force Enable BOOL Vini ne 1 Enable 116 Get Set Force Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Point Object Table C 43 Discrete Input Point Object Instance Common Services Implemented for Service Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 19 Discrete Output Point Object The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output CLASS CODE 0x0009 Point Object
116. 5 External Connections for 120V AC Control Power Pin 1 GND Green Yellow Pin 2 L1 Black Pin 3 L2 White Figure A 16 Safety Monitor Input SM1 SM2 e Pin 1 SM2 White Pin 2 SM1 Brown Pin 3 N C No connection Pin 4 N C No connection Figure A 17 External Connections for Safety Input Power A1 A2 e o Pin 1 M White Pin 2 A1 Brown e Pin 3 P Black Pin 4 A2 Blue Overload Curves Ha Derale Min Derate Max Derale 100 100 100 E 00 E 00 m an i S Bp 5 i BI di 5 4 Bu Jes i a z E 21 sl a E gt 80 75 100105160 175201 2 zb 5 75100125150 175 200 0 25 5D 75 100 125 180 175 200 xe do T U mo sud 0 i ze 4 CO GO do d led U Hg 2x Motor Ny n of T Motor NP Wert aay Mr 10 Specifications Bulletin 284G Continued Line Voltage Frequency 3 Phase kW Rating 3 Phase Hp Rating Output Current A Input Current A Drive Ratings 0 4 14 2 15 0 75 2 3 3 80 1 5 4 0 6 40 2 2 6 0 9 00 3 0 7 6 12 40 1 4 1 85 2 3 3 45 4 0 5 57 6 0 8 20 7 6 12 5 IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor Ratings Table A 1 IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor Application Type 1 Application Type 2 Drive and MaxBraking Braking Braking i Resistance Continuous Max Duty Duty Motor Size Part Number ED Torque of Torque of o Torque of kW Ohms 5 Power kW Energ
117. 60 Starter Options 55 High Speed Enable 9 Comm Override 18 Produced IO Size 61 LAST Pr Fault 19 Starter COS Mask 62 Warning Status 20 Net Out COS Mask 21 DNet Voltage Display Group ZIP Parameters Basic Program Advanced Program 101 Output Freq 67 AutoRun Zip 131 Motor NP Volts 151 Digital In1 Sel 189 Current Limit 1 227 Autotune 102 Commanded Freq 68 Zone Produced EPR 132 Motor NP Hertz 152 Digital In2 Sel 190 Motor OL Select 228 IR Voltage Drop 103 Output Current 69 Zone Produced PIT 133 Motor OL Current 153 Digital In3 Sel 191 PWM Frequency 229 Flux Current Ref 104 Output Voltage 70 Zone 1 Macld 134 Minimum Freq 154 Digital In4 Sel 192 Auto Rstrt Tries 230 PID Trim Hi 105 DC Bus Voltage 71 Zone 2 Macld 135 Maximum Freq 155 Relay Out Sel 193 Auto Rstrt Delay 231 PID Trim Lo 106 Drive Status 72 Zone 3 Macld 136 Start Source 156 Relay Out Level 194 Start At PowerUp 232 PID Ref Sel 107 Fault 1 Code 73 Zone 4 Macld 137 Stop Mode 157 Relay Out LevelF 195 Reverse Disable 233 PID Feedback Sel 108 Fault 2 Code 74 Zone 1 Health 138 Speed Reference 158 Opto Sel 196 Flying Start En 234 PID Prop Gain 109 Fault 3 Code 75 Zone 2 Health 139 Accel Time 1 159 Opto Outi Level 197 Compensation 235 PID Integ Time 110 Process Display 76 Zone 3 Health 140 Decel Time 1 160 Opto Outi LevelF 198 SW Current Trip 236 PID Diff Rate 112 Control Source 77 Zone 4 Health 141 Reset To Defalts 161 Opto Out2 Sel 199 Process Factor 237 PID Setpoint 113 Contrl In Status
118. 7 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 sec Maximum Value 999 9 sec Default Value 30 0 sec Parameter Number 260 Related Parameters 137 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units 0 01 sec Minimum Value 0 01 sec Maximum Value 10 sec Default Value 0 0 sec a a Stop EM Brk Drive Stops Commanded De Energized On Parameter Number 261 Related Parameters 137 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units 0 01 sec Minimum Value 0 01 sec Maximum Value 10 00 sec Default Value 0 0 sec 4 58 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers MOP Reset Sel Sets the drive to save the current MOP Reference command 0 Zero Ref This option clamps Parameter 169 Internal Freq at 0 0 Hz when drive is not running 1 2 Save MOP Ref Default Reference is saved in Parameter 169 Internal Freq DB Threshold Sets the DC bus Voltage Threshold for Dynamic Brake operation If the DC bus voltage falls below the value set in this parameter the Dynamic Brake will not turn on Lower values will make the Dynamic Braking function more responsive but may result in nuisance Dynamic Brake activation Parameter Number 262 Related Parameters 169 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group
119. 75 Preset Freq 5 Data Type UINT 176 Preset Freq 6 Group Advanced Program Group 177 Preset Freq 7 Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Default Value See Table 4 A Table 4 A 170 177 Preset Freq Options Values 170 Default 0 0 Hz Provides a fixed frequency command value when 151 153 Digital Inx Sel is setto 171 Default 5 0 Hz 4 Preset Frequencies 172 Default 10 0 Hz 173 Default 20 0 Hz 174 Default 30 0 Hz 175 Default 40 0 Hz 176 Default 50 0 Hz 177 Default 60 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 400 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz Input State of Digital In Input State of Digital In Input State of Digital In Frequency Accel Decel 1 1 0 Terminal 05 when 2 1 0 Terminal 06 when 3 I 0 Terminal 07 when Source Parameter Parameter 151 4 Parameter 152 4 Parameter 153 4 Used 0 0 0 170 Preset Freq 0 Accel Time 1 Decel Time 1 1 0 0 171 Preset Freq 1 Accel Time 1 Decel Time 1 0 1 0 172 Preset Freq 2 Accel Time 2 Decel Time 2 1 1 0 173 Preset Freq 3 Accel Time 2 Decel Time 2 0 0 1 174 Preset Freq 4 Accel Time 3 Decel Time 3 1 0 1 175 Preset Freq 5 Accel Time 3 Decel Time 3 0 1 1 176 Preset Freq 6 Accel Time 4 Decel Time 4 1 1 1 177 Preset Freq 7 Accel Time 4 Decel Time 4 To activate 170 Preset Freq 0 set 138 Speed Reference to opti When Digital Input is set to Accel 2 amp Decel 2 and the inpu settings in this table ion 4 Preset Freq t is active that input
120. 78 Zone 1 Mask 142 Reserved 162 Opto Out2 Level 200 Fault Clear 238 PID Deadband 114 Dig In Status 79 Zone 2 Mask 143 Motor OL Ret 163 DB Threshold 201 Program Lock 239 PID Preload 115 Comm Status 80 Zone 3 Mask 164 Opto Out Logic 202 Testpoint Sel 240 Stp Logic 0 116 Control SW Ver 81 Zone 4 Mask 165 Analog Out Sel 203 Comm Data Rate 241 Stp Logic 1 117 Drive Type 82 Zone 1 Offset 166 Analog Out High 204 Comm Node Addr 242 Stp Logic 2 118 Elapsed Run Time 83 Zone 2 Offset 167 Accel Time 2 205 Comm Loss Action 243 Stp Logic 3 119 Testpoint Data 84 Zone 3 Offset 168 Decel Time 2 206 Comm Loss Time 244 Stp Logic 4 120 Analog In 0 10V 85 Zone 4 Offset 169 Internal Freq 207 Comm Format 245 Stp Logic 5 121 Analog In 4 20 mA 86 Zone 1 EPR 170 Preset Freq 0 208 Language 246 Stp Logic 6 122 Output Power 87 Zone 2 EPR 171 Preset Freq 1 209 Anlg Out Setpt 247 Stp Logic 7 123 Output Power Fctr 88 Zone 3 EPR 172 Preset Freq 2 210 Anlg In 0 10V Lo 248 Reserved 124 Drive Temp 89 Zone 4 EPR 173 Preset Freq 3 211 Anlg In 0 10V Hi 249 Reserved 125 Counter Status 90 Zone 1 Control 174 Preset Freq 4 212 Anlg In 4 20 mA Lo 250 Stp Logic Time 0 126 Timer Status 91 Zone 2 Control 175 Preset Freq 5 213 Anlg In4 20 mAHi 251 Stp Logic Time 1 127 Timer Stat Fract 92 Zone 3 Control 176 Preset Freq 6 214 Slip Hertz FLA 252 Stp Logic Time 2 128 Stp Logic Status 93 Zone 4 Control 177 Preset Freq 7 215 Process Time Lo 253 Stp Logic Time 3 129 Torque Curr
121. 8 0 30 0 10 6 35 0 25 1000 39 37 51 61 2 032 280 M35M M1 6 35 0 25 m pm 9 11 89 0 468 1000 39 37 14 Specifications Notes Electronic Data Sheets DOL Type Product Codes and Name Strings Appendix B Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information Electronic Data Sheets EDS files are specially formatted ASCII files that provide all of the information necessary for a configuration tool e g RSNetWorx for DeviceNet to access and alter the parameters of the device The EDS file contains all of the device information number of parameters groupings parameter name minimum maximum and default values units data format and scaling EDS files for all the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller units are available from the Internet at http www ab com networks eds They may also be built automatically by some configuration tools since all of the information necessary for a basic EDS file may be extracted from the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Product codes for DOL starters and DOL Reversing starters are based on the Overload relay current rating and the control power rating of the starter The following table lists the product codes for the Bulletin 280G Distributed Motor Controllers Table B 1 Bul 280G Distributed Motor Controller Product Codes and Name Strings 280G
122. AC ID Word 2 CLASS Word 3 INSTANCE Word 4 ATTRIBUTE Word 5 Table 6 5 Explicit Message Response Get Attribute Single Bit location within Word 15 8 7 0 TXID STATUS Word 0 PORT SIZE Word 1 SERVICE MAC ID Word 2 DATA Word 3 e Transmission ID The scanner uses this value to track the transaction to completion and returns the value with the response that matches the request downloaded by the SLC 500 processor The TXID data size is one byte e Command This code instructs the scanner how to administer the request A listing of these codes can be found in the 1747 SDN User Manual Publication 1747 5 8 The Command data size is one byte e Status The Status code provides the communication module s status and its response Port The physical channel of the scanner where the transaction is to be routed The port setting can be zero channel or one channel B The Port data size is one byte Please note that the 1747 SDN has only one channel and so this value is always set to zero 6 4 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Setting up the Data File e Size This identifies the size of the transaction body in bytes The transaction body begins at word 3 The maximum size is 58 bytes The Size data size is one byte e Service This code specifies the type of request being delivered The Service data size is one byte MACID The DeviceNet M network node addre
123. Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 4 44 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers SW Current Trip Enables disables a software instantaneous within 100 ms current trip Process Factor Scales the output frequency value displayed by Parameter 110 Process Display Output Freq x Process Factor Process Display Fault Clear Stop drive before changing this parameter Resets a fault and clears the fault queue Used primarily to clear a fault over network communications 0 Ready Idle Default 1 Reset Fault 2 Clear Buffer Parameters 107 109 Fault x Code Program Lock Protects parameters against change by unauthorized personnel 0 Unlocked 1 Locked Testpoint Sel Used by Rockwell Automation field service personnel Parameter Number 198 Related Parameters 133 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value 0 0 Disabled Parameter Number 199 Related Parameters 110 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 999 9 Default Value 30 0 Parameter Number 200 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 2
124. Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Default Value 60 0 Parameter Number 231 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Default Value 0 1 Parameter Number 232 Related Parameters 138 222 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9 Default Value 0 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 53 PID Feedback Sel Valid PID Feedback Sel command for the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart is the following 2 Comm Port PID Prop Gain Sets the value for the PID proportional component when the PID mode is enabled by Parameter 232 PID Ref Sel PID Integ Time Sets the value for the PID integral component when the PID mode is enabled by Parameter 232 PID Ref Sel PID Diff Rate Sets the value for the PID differential component when the PID mode is enabled by Parameter 232 PID Rel Sel PID Setpoint Provides an internal fixed value for process setpoint when the PID mode is enabled by Parameter 232 PID Ref Sel Parameter Number 233 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 2 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 234 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group
125. Allocation byte Bit 0 Explicit messaging Bit 1 Polled 1 0 Bit 4 COS 1 0 Bit 5 Cyclic 1 0 Bit 6 Acknowledge Suppression The following services are implemented for the DeviceNet Object Table C 10 DeviceNet Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single 0x4B No Yes Allocate_Master Slave _Connection_Set 0x4C No Yes Release_Master Slave _Connection_Set Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 5 Assembly Object CLASS CODE The following class attributes are supported for the Assembly Object 0x0004 Table C 11 DeviceNet Assembly Object Attribute ID 2 Ga uN a All of the various instances of the assembly object will support Attribute 3 Table C 12 summarizes the various instances that are supported Table C 12 DeviceNet Assembly Object Instance Attributes sa Description 3 Consumed Required ODVA Consumed Instance 52 Produced Required ODVA Produced Instance 120 Produced Custom Parameter Based Word Wise Assembly 160 Consumed Default Consumed Instance for DOL and SoftStart units 161 Produced Default Produced Instance for DOL and SoftStart units 162 a Consumed Instance for DOL and SoftStart with Network 163 Produced ep Produced Instance for DOL and SoftStart with Network 164 Consumed Default Consumed Instance for Inverter typ
126. Bits 3 7 Reserved Bit 8 10A Base Bit 9 25A Base Bit 10 15 Reserved Parameter Number Access Rule Data Type WORD Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value Wiring Options Bit 0 Conduit Bit 1 Round Media Bits 2 28xG Bits 3 15 Reserved Parameter Number 58 Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value 0 Starter Enclosure Bit 0 IP67 Bit 1 NEMA 4x Bit 2 SIL3 CAT4 Bits 3 15 reserved Parameter Number Access Rule Data Type Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value Starter Option Bit 0 Reserved Bit 1 Reserved Bit 2 Reserved Bit 3 Control Brake Bit 4 Dynamic Brake Bit 5 Reserved Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Reserved Bits 8 15 Reserved Parameter Number 60 Access Rule GET Data Type Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 66535 Default Value 0 4 18 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Drive DeviceNet Group Drive Control This parameter provides the status of drive parameters Drvin PrFItState This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 50 defines how the Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 will respond
127. CODE 0x001D The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Group Object Table B 47 Parameter Group Object Service Common Services Implemented for Service Code Service Name Class Instance OOE Get Attribute Single No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Group Object A single instance of the Discrete Input Group Object is supported It contains the following attributes Table B 48 Discrete Input Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Number of Instances USINT 4 4 Get Binding Array of UINT List of DIP instances 6 Get Set Off On Delay UINT in psec 7 Get Set On Off Delay UINT in psec The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Group Object Table B 49 Discrete Input Group Object Common Services Implemented for Service Code Service Name Instance OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single Bulletin 2806 2816 CIP Information B 21 Discrete Output Group Object No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Group CLASS CODE 0x001E Object A single instance of the Discrete Output Group Object is supported It contains the following attributes Table B 50 Discrete Output Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Number of Instances USINT 4 for DOL 4 Get Binding Array of UINT List of DOP instances 1 2 3 4 6 Ge
128. Default Value 0 Parameter Number 201 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 202 Related Parameters 119 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Hex Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value FFFF Default Value 400 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 45 Comm Data Rate This parameter is not available for use with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller CommNode Addr This parameter is not available for use with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Comm Loss Action Selects the drive s response to a loss of the communication connection or excessive communication errors 0 Fault Default Drive will fault on an F81 Comm Loss and coast to stop 1 Coast Stop Stops drive via coast to stop 2 Stop Stops via Parameter 137 Stop Mode setting 3 Continu Last Drive continues operating at communication commanded speed saved in RAM Comm Loss Time Sets the time that the drive remain in communication loss before implanting the option selected in Parameter 205 Comm Loss Action Comm Format This parameter is not available for use with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Language This parameter is not available for use with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Anlg Out Setpnt When parameter 165 Analog Out Sel is set to option 18 th
129. E BIT 3MM INSERT WITH KEY B VIEW FRONT CONTROL POWER BRAKE 115 VAC f DB RESISTOR BRAKE OUTPUT MECHANICAL BRAKE an BUM T ARMORSTART POWER 2 11 2 12 Installation and Wiring Figure 2 9 Bulletin 1000 ArmorStart CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATING MECHANISM RESET KEYPAD Sc 1 0 MODULE PADLOCK NG DEFEATER HANDLE FRONT VIEW AC CONTROL POWER BRAKE 115 VAC DB RESISTOR BRAKE OUTPUT sy MECHANICAL BRAKE 511 SAFETY IN T im MOTOR OUTPUT 1 2 CONDUIT PLUG P ARMORSTART POWER 1 2 CONDUIT HOLE PLUG Installation and Wiring 2 13 Wiring Power Control and Ground Wiring Table 2 1 provides the power control safety inputs and ground wire capacities and the tightening torque requirements The power control ground and safety monitor terminals will accept a maximum of two wires per terminal Table 2 1 Power Control Safety Input Ground Wire Size and Torque Specifications Terminals Wire Size Torque Wire Strip Length Primary Terminal Primary Secondary 10 8 Ib in Ower Terminal 1 2 Nem 2 Secondary Terminal 0 35 in 9 mm Ground 1 5 4 0 mm econdary Terminal 16 10 AWG 4 5
130. EEPEBESSETPESS 96 of P132 Motor NP Hertz Min Derate 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 96 of P133 Motor OL Current Parameter Number 190 Related Parameters 132 133 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 2 Default Value 0 Max Derate 2 5 75 100 125 150 175 200 96 of P132 Motor NP Hertz Parameter Number 191 Related Parameters 224 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 2 0 Hz Maximum Value 16 0 Hz Default Value 4 0 Hz 4 42 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Auto Rstrt Tries Parameter Number 192 Set the maximum number of times the drive attempts to reset a fault and restart Related Parameter 155 158 161 193 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9 Default Value 0 Clear a Type 1 Fault and Restart the Drive 1 Set Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set Parameter 193 AutoRstrt Delay to a value other than 0 Clear an Overvoltage Undervoltage or Heatsink OvrTmp Fault without Restarting the Drive 1 Set Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set Parameter 193 AutoRstrt Delay to 0 VME HM Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate a
131. Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text Cancel Appl Help e Message Type Select CIP Generic from pull down menu to configure an explicit message e Destination Element This is the tag name of the location you are going to place the response information In this example a tag was created with the name explicit data 6 10 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Service Type The pull down menu has several options however only the Get Attribute Single is used for this example The Class Instance and Attribute define the actual information being requested Additional configurations of these parameters can be found in Appendix B e Class In this example the value is e Instance In this example the value is 104 e Attribute In this example the value is 1 After the above information has been entered click on the communication tab e Path The path will define the route the message will take to get to the device it is intended for In this example the path is Scanner 2 4 where scanner is the name of the 1756 DNB in the rack 2 represents the DeviceNet port and 4 represents the physical node address of the ArmorStart Figure 6 4 Scanner Path Message Configuration explicit mess E E x Configuration Communication Tag Path Scanner 2 4 Communication Method CP Dit Channel 2 Destination Link F with Source Link Destin
132. F The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object Table B 42 Parameter Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Revision UINT 2 Get Max Instance UINT 8 Get Parameter Class Descriptor WORD 9 Get Configuration Assembly Instance UINT The number of instances of the parameter object will depend upon the type of Distributed Motor Controller There is a standard set of instances reserved 1 99 for all starters These instances are followed by a unique set of instances for each starter type Across the Line Soft start or Inverter type The following instance attributes are implemented for all parameter attributes Table B 43 Parameter Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Set Value Specified in Descriptor 2 Get Link Path Size USINT Array of 3 Get Link Path BYTE EPATH 4 Get Descriptor WORD 5 Get Data Type EPATH 6 Get Data Size USINT 7 Get Parameter Name String SHORT STRING 8 Get Units String SHORT STRING 9 Get Help String SHORT STRING 10 Get Minimum Value Specified in Descriptor 11 Get Maximum Value Specified in Descriptor 12 Get Default Value Specified in Descriptor 13 Get Scaling Multiplier UINT 14 Get Scaling Divisor UINT 15 Get Scaling Base UINT 16 Get Scaling Offset INT 17 Get Multiplier Link UINT 18 Get Divisor Link UINT 19 Get Base Link UINT 20 Get
133. LISTEN THINK SOLVE ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller USER MANUAL Bulletin 280G 281G 284G Rockwell Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation Important User Information Because of the variety of uses for the products described in this publication those responsible for the application and use of this control equipment must satisfy themselves that all necessary steps have been taken to assure that each application and use meets all performance and safety requirements including any applicable laws regulations codes and standards The illustrations charts sample programs and layout examples shown in this guide are intended solely for purposes of example Since there are many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation does not assume responsibility or liability to include intellectual property liability for actual use based upon the examples shown in this publication Rockwell Automation publication SGI 1 1 Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Control available from your local Allen Bradley sales office describes some important differences between solid state equipment and electromechanical devices that should be taken into consideration when applying products such as those described in this publication Reproduction of the contents of this copyrighted publication in whole or part without writt
134. M 1 for a 1 m cable Standard cable lengths 1 m 2 m 5 m and 10 m Table E 3 Sealing Caps Description For Use With Cat No Plastic Sealing Cap M12 Input I O Connection To achieve IP 67 rating sealing caps must be installed on all unused I O connections Table E A Locking Clips Description 1485A M12 The clam shell design clips over the ArmorStart motor connector and motor cable to limit customer access Package QTY Cat No 280 MTR22 LC 280 MTR35 LC Accessories E 3 IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor Application Type 1 Application Type 2 Drive and MaxBraking Braking Braking Motor Size Part Number Torque of Torque 96 of C s Torque of C kW Motor Motor Dem Motor 400 480 Volt AC Input Drives 0 37 0 5 284R 360P500 360 0 086 17 305 100 47 150 31 0 75 1 284R 360P500 360 0 086 17 220 100 23 150 15 2 284R 360P500 360 0 086 17 110 100 12 110 11 2 2 3 284R 120P1K2 120 0 26 52 197 100 24 150 16 4 5 284R 120P1K2 120 0 26 52 124 100 13 124 10 Note Always check the resistor ohms against minimum resistance for drive being used Note Duty Cycle listed is based on full speed to zero speed deceleration For constance regen at full speed duty cycle capability is half of what is listed Application Type 1 represents maximum capability up to 100 braking torque where possible A
135. NT Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 32 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 45 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 46 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Misc Units ES Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Bulletin 280G 281G Programmable Parameters 3 15 Set to Defaults Parameter Number 47 Access Rule GET SET This parameter if set to 1 will set Data Type BOOL the device to the factory defaults 5 Group Misc O No Operation Units 1 Set to Defaults Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Base Enclosure Parameter Number 56 Access Rule GET Indicates the ArmorStart Base Data Type WORD unit enclosure rating Group Misc Bit 0 IP67 Units Bit 1 Nema 4X MinimumValue 0 Bit 2 SIL3 CAT4 Bit 3 15 Reserved Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Base Options Parameter Number 57 Access Rule GET Indicates the options for the Data Type WORD ArmorStart Base unit Misc Bit 0 Reserved Units Bit 1 Reserved MinimumValue 0 Bit 2 CP Fuse Detect z Bits 3 7 Reserved Maximum Value 65535 Bit 8 10A Base Bit 9 25A Base Default Val
136. O Assemblies are available ONLY on the Bulletin 284G Distributed Motor Controller Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed Assemblies Instance 164 is the default output consumed assembly for Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controllers Table C 25 Instance 164 Default Consumed Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controller Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit3 Bit 2 Bit 0 Jog Fault Run 0 Reserved Reserved Jog Rev Fwd Reset Run Rev Fwd Decel 1 DriveIn 4 3 Drive 2 Drive In 1 2 Decel1 Accel2 1 2 Comm Frequency Command Low Hz 3 Comm Frequency Command High Hz Instance 166 is the standard output consumed assembly for Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controllers with network inputs Table C 26 Instance 166 Consumed Inverter Type Starter with Network Inputs Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Reserved Reserved Jog Rev Jog Fwd dun Run Rev Run Fwd Drive In Drive In Decel Decel Accel Accel 1 Drive In 4 Drive In 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 Comm Frequency Command Low Hz Comm Frequency Command High xxx x Hz NetIn8 NetIn7 Netin6 Netin5 Netin4 Netin3 2 Netin 1 Net In 16 Netin 15 Netin 14 Netin 13 Netin 12 Netin 11 Netin 10 Net In 9 AJ JN Standard Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced
137. OD on AJ ow pol oO Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 1 Param high byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 3 Param high byte Assemblies whose instance numbers are 180 189 are all one word 16 bits long They can be used stand alone but their main use is to assemble information for EDS file parameters These Word Wise assemblies become the building blocks for the Custom Parameter Based Word Wise assembly described in Table C 13 Table C 14 Instance 181 Hardware Inputs 1 16 Instance 181 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Table C 15 Instance 182 Consumed Network Inputs 1 16 Instance 182 This is a Read Write Control Assembly Table C 16 Instance 183 Produced Network Outputs 1 15 Instance 183 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Net Out 8 Net Out Net Out Net Out Net Out Net Out NetOut Net Out 7 6 5 4 3 8 1 1 Reserved Net Out Net Out Net Out Net Out NetOut NetOut Net Out 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Bulletin 28406 CIP Information C 7 Table C 17 Instance 184 Trip Status Instance 184 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Over Control Gnd Phase j 140M prout Power val Fault Short OL Trip Trip 1 MiS petries HW Fault EEPROM DCBus t DNetFit Over Fault Comm Current Table C 18 I
138. Out 6 Net Out 5 Net Out 4 Net Out Net Out 2 Net Out 1 5 ZIP CCV Low 6 ZIP CCV High 10 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information Connection Object CLASS CODE No class attributes are supported for the Connection Object 0x0005 Multiple instances of the Connection Object are supported instances 1 2 and 4 from the group 2 predefined master slave connection set instances 5 and 6 are available through explicit UCMM connections Instance 1 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Explicit Message Connection The following instance 1 attributes is supported Table B 30 Connection Object Instance 1 Attributes Attribute Access Name Data Value ID Rule Type 0 1 configuring 1 Get State USINT 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT D Explicit Message 0x83 Server 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT Transport Class 3 10xxxxxx011 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT XXXXXX node address 10xxxxxx100 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT XXXXXX node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x22 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0x61 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0x61 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms 01 auto delete 12 Watchdog Action USINT 03 deferred delete 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path Empty 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 0 16 Get Consumed Connection
139. Over Temperature Indicates that the operating temperature has been exceeded This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 8 blink pattern Phase Imbalance Indicates an imbalance supply voltage This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default The Fault LED will flash a 9 blink pattern 9 4 Diagnostics Over Current Indicates the drive has detected an over current fault This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 9 blink pattern DeviceNet Power Loss DeviceNet power has been lost or has dropped below the 12V threshold This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default The Fault LED will flash a 10 blink pattern Internal Communication Fault Indicates an internal communication fault has been detected This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash 11 blink pattern DC Bus Fault Indicates the drive has detected a DC Bus Fault This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 12 blink pattern EEPROM Fault This is a major fault which renders the ArmorStart inoperable This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 13 blink pattern Hardware Fault Indicates incorrect base starter assembly This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 14 blink pattern Restart Retries This fault is generated when the drive detects that the auto retries count has been exceeded This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 15 blink pattern
140. Path Empty Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information B 11 Instance 2 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Polled I O Message Connection The following instance 2 attributes are supported Table B 31 Connection Object Instance 2 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 0 nonexistant 1 configuring 1 Get State USINT 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 1 0 Connection 0x82 Server Transport Class 2 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT If alloc_choice polled and ack suppression is enabled then value 0x80 01111 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT XXXXXX node address 10xxxxxx101 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT xxxxxx node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x21 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0108 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0108 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms O transition to timed out 12 Get Set Watchdog Action USINT 1 auto delete 2 auto reset 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 8 14 Get Set Produced Connection Path 21 04 00 25 assy inst 00 30 03 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 8 16 Get Set Consumed Connection Path 21 04 00 25 assy inst 00 30 03 12 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information Instance 4 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Change of State Cyclic I O Message Connection The following instance 4 attributes are suppo
141. Poll Response msgs MinimumValue 0 Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Maximum Value 255 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Default Value 3 Response messages Zone 1 Key Parameter Number 94 Access Rule GET SET When the Security Enable bit Data Type UINT for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Group ZIP Parameters Device Value Key parameter in Units the device whose data is being MinimumValue 0 consumed for zone 1 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Zone 2 Key Parameter Number 95 Access Rule GET SET When the Security Enable bit Data Type UINT for zone 2 is enabled this value ZIPP must match the value of the Group arameters Device Value Key parameter in Units the device whose data is being MinimumValue 0 consumed for zona 2 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Zone 3 Key Parameter Number 96 Access Rule GET SET When the Security Enable bit Data Type UINT for zone 3 is enabled this value ZIPP must match the value of the Group arameters Device Value Key parameter in Units the device whose data is being MinimumValue 0 consumed for zone 3 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bulletin 280G 281G Programmable Parameters 3 23 Starter Display Zone 4 KEY Parameter Number 97 Access Rule GET SET When the S
142. Product Overview 96 of P133 Motor OL Current 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 The Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller incorporates as standard electronic motor overload protection This overload protection is accomplished electronically with an rt algorithm The ArmorStart s overload protection is programmable via the communication network providing the user with flexibility Programming the Motor OL Current parameter provides class 10 overload protection for the Bulletin 284G Distributed Motor Controller Ambient insensitivity is inherent in the electronic design of the overload Figure 1 2 Overload Trip Curves No Derate Min Derate Max Derate 100 100 80 60 40 20 07 75 100 125 150 175 200 F of P P132 Motor NP Hertz 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 of P132 Motor NP Hertz 96 of P133 Motor OL Current amp 96 of P133 Motor OL Current 96 of P132 Motor NP Hertz Product Overview 1 5 LED Status Indication The LED Status Indication provides 4 status LEDs and a Reset button The LEDs provide status indication for the following e POWER LED The LED is illuminated solid green when control power is present and with the proper polarity e RUN LED This LED is illuminated solid green when a start command and control power are present NETWORK LED This bi color red green LED indicates the status of the communication link e FAULT LED Indicates Controller Fault
143. REENYELLOW LEAD z T 2 GREEN YELLOW u 7 Wy i d f li 4 WHITE hm E 737 2 90 ELS l A5 S 7 E EIE E 8 X E I Es u 3 3 RED 4 WHITE g xS x 19 0 FEMALE 075 __ 380 1 50 WIRING DIAGRAM Specifications A 13 Table 1 C Power Receptacles Male and Female Pin Count Assembly Rating Color Code Male 4 pin 10 AWG 600V 25 A 280 M35F M1 280 M35M M1 Specifications Pinout and Color Code Mechanical Black Anodized Aluminum female and Zinc DieCast Black E Coat male or 316 Stainless Steel Insert Black PVC Receptacle Shell Material Face View Pinout Electrical 10 AWG 600V 25A Contacts Copper Alloy with Gold over Nickel Plating 4 Cable Rating 600V AC DC 4 pin 10 AWG 600V 25 A Assembly Rating Symmetrical Amps RMS Fault 65 kA when used with Class CC T or J type fuses or 100 A circuit breaker Environmental Enclosure Type Rating IP67 NEMA 4 1200 psi washdown 2 Green Yellow Extended PIN 4 White Certifications UL Listed File No E318496 Guide PVVA Standards Compliance UL 2237 Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes and are subject to change 45 26 1 782 280 M35F M1 II mU 7 62 2 54 e 1189 0 46
144. Rate for each of the 4 zone connections If no consumed data for a zone is received in 4 times the EPR then the zone connection times out and the value of the corresponding Zone Health parameter parameters 74 77 is set to the value 1 Not Healthy The Zone Health status of each zone is also available for use in DeviceLogix programs Consumed data for the 4 zones is placed in an 8 byte section of the DeviceLogix Data Table Individual bits in this section of the DeviceLogix Data Table can be used in DeviceLogix programs The table below shows the organization of the 8 bytes of the data table Byte Bit Number and Name 0 ZIP 7 ZIP 6 ZIP 5 ZIP 4 ZIP3 2 2 ZIP 1 ZIP 0 1 ZIP 15 ZIP 14 ZIP 13 ZIP 12 ZIP11 ZIP10 ZIP9 ZIP 8 2 ZIP 23 ZIP22 ZIP21 ZIP20 ZIP19 ZIP18 ZIP17 ZIP 16 3 ZIP 31 ZIP30 ZIP29 ZIP28 ZIP27 ZIP26 ZIP25 ZIP 24 4 ZIP 39 ZIP 38 ZIP 37 ZIP36 ZIP35 ZIP34 ZIP33 ZIP32 5 ZIP 47 ZIP46 ZIP 45 ZIP44 ZIP43 2 42 ZIP41 ZIP 40 6 ZIP 55 ZIP54 ZIP53 ZIP52 ZIP51 ZIP50 ZIP49 ZIP 48 7 ZIP 63 ZIP62 ZIP61 2 60 ZIP59 ZIP58 ZIP57 ZIP 56 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration The Zone Mask parameters parameters 78 81 select individual bytes within a consumed message for placement in the DeviceLogix Data Table Each single bit in the mask represents a corresponding byte in the consumed me
145. Reserved Input 0 Input 1 X mE Input 2 X Input 3 X mE Input 4 X Input 5 3 10 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Net Out COS Mask Parameter Number 20 Access Rule GET SET This parameter sets the bits that Data Type WORD will trigger a COS message when network outputs change state Group SPERM Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Bit Function 14 13 12 11 10 7 6 5 4 2 1 pex E E mE Net Output 0 X Net Output 1 HE X Net Output 2 EN Net Output 3 mu X Net Output 4 EE mE X Net Output 5 X Net Output 6 2 X us Net Output 7 E Net Output 8 ES Net Output 9 p E X mE Net Output 10 X m Net Output 11 X m Net Output 12 X Net Output 13 X m Net Output 14 Dn
146. SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 55 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 4 20 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Display Group Output Freq Output frequency present at T1 T2 T3 Commanded Freq Value of the active frequency command Displays the commanded frequency even if the drive is not running Output Current Output Current present at T1 T2 T3 Output Voltage Output Current present at T1 T2 T3 DC Bus Voltage Present DC Bus voltage level Parameter Number 101 Related Parameters 102 110 134 135 138 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Hz Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 102 Related Parameters 101 113 134 135 138 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Hz Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 103 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 01 Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 104 Related Parameters 131 184 188 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1
147. T Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 108 Default Value 5 Parameter Number 16 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 108 Default Value 6 Parameter Number 17 Access Rule GET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 1 Bulletin 280G 281G Programmable Parameters 3 9 Produced 1 0 Size Parameter Number 18 Access Rule GET This parameter reflects the Data Type USINT produced 1 0 data size in bytes Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 2 Starter COS Mask Parameter Number 19 Access Rule GET SET This parameter allows the Data Type WORD installer to define the change of state conditions that will result in Group DeviceNet a change of state message Units being produced Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value Be K Bulletin 280G products e Bulletin 281G products Bit Function 13 12 11 10 6 5 4 2 1 PES Tripped mE X Warning X mE Running Fwd Running Rev X Ready X NET Ctl Status X 140M On
148. Transition Diagram is used for Unbound DOP Instances 3 8 when they are not used in a Devicelogix Program Figure C 1 State Transition Diagram Unbound DOP 3 8 Protection Fault DNet Fault DNet Fault Connection Transitions to Established Protection Fault Reset Protection Fault Protection Fault C 22 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Power Off DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Special Behavior Besides the sources that can affect output points 3 and 4 DOPs 1 and 2 can be affected by keypad inputs since they double as the Run Forward and Run Reverse outputs This adds complexity to their behavior so their behavior is defined in this section separately The following State Transition Diagram is used for DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Figure C 2 DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Non Existant Power Up Auto State Auto Init Keyad Hand Button Pressed Hand State Hand Stop Keyad Auto Button Pressed Auto State Auto Init Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 23 The following State Transition Diagram is used in Auto State for Unbound DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Figure C 3 Auto State for Unbound DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Auto Init DNet Fault Protection Fault DNet Fault DNet Fault Connection Transitions to Established Protection Fault DNet Fault Connection Transitionsto Established DNet Fault Protection Fault Reset Receive Data
149. Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 263 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 096 Maximum Value 110 0 Default Value 100 Establishing a DeviceNet Node Address Node Commissioning using Hardware Chapter 5 DeviceNet Commissioning This chapter refers to Bulletin 280G 281G and 284G products The ArmorStart is shipped with a default node address of 63 and Autobaud enabled Each device on a DeviceNet network must have a unique node address or MAC ID which can be set to a value from 0 to 63 Keep in mind that most DeviceNet systems use address for the master device Scanner and node address 63 should be left vacant for introduction of new slave devices The ArmorStart offers two methods for node commissioning as shown below The node address for a device can be changed using software or by setting hardware switches that reside on the back of the control module While both methods yield the same result it is good practice to choose one method and deploy it throughout the system The ArmorStart is shipped with the hardware rotary switches set to a value of 99 If the switches are set to a value 64 or above the device will automatically configure itself to the software node address If the switches are set to a value of 63 or less the device will be at the node address designated by the switch configuration To set an addre
150. V Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 230V 460V or 600V AC Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 105 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1V DC vae Based on Drive Rating Maximum Value Default Value Read Only Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 21 Drive Status Present operating condition of the drive Bit 0 running Bit 1 Forward Bit 2 Accelerating Bit 3 Decelerating Fault 1 Code A code that represents drive fault The code will appear in this parameter as the most recent fault that has occurred Fault 2 Code A code that represents a drive fault The code will appear in this parameter as the second most recent fault that has occurred Fault 3 Code A code that represents a drive fault The code will appear in this parameter as the third most recent fault that has occurred Process Display The output frequency scaled by the process factor Parameter 199 Parameter Number 106 Related Parameter 195 Access Rule GET Data Type Byte Group Display Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 107 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimum Value F122 Maximum Value F2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 108 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimu
151. X Reserved Reserved 4 8 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Network Override This parameter allows for the local logic to override a Network fault 0 Disable 1 Enable Comm Override This parameter allows for local logic to override a loss of an 1 0 connection 0 Disable 1 Enable DeviceNet Group Autobaud Enable When this parameter is enabled the device will attempt to determine the network baud rate and set its baud rate to the same provided network traffic exists At least one node with an established baud rate must exist on the network for autobaud to occur 0 Disable 1 Enable Consumed 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data consumed Produced 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data produced Parameter Number 8 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 9 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 10 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 11 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minim
152. a Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 99 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 183 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 0 disabled GP 1 2 S Curve TIME ei Accel Tim 25 Seconds t 50 S Curve ds 1 1 I 1 2 Time be 2 Some Seoonds Mp Tota Time tn Avcelerats Accd KS Curve Time Parameter Number 184 Related Parameters 104 131 132 185 186 187 225 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 14 Default Value 8 4 38 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Table 46 Boost Select Options Options Description 0 Custom V Hz 1 30 0 VT f 2 35 0 VT Variable Torque Typical fan pump curves 3 40 0 VT 4 45 0 VT 5 0 0 no IR 6 0 0 7 2 5 CT Default for 5 Hp 4 0 kW Drive 8 5 0 CT Default 9 7 5 CT 10 10 0 7 Constant Torque 11 12 5 CT 12 15 0 CT 13 17 5 CT 14 20 0 CT Figure 4 1 1 2 Motor NP Volts Parameter 131 Motor NP Volts 1 7 A 8 1 2 Motor NP Hert Parameter 132 Motor NP Hertz Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 39 Start Boost Parameter Number 185 Sets th
153. active logically true OR 7 Step if both Logic In1 and Logic In2 is active logically true AND 8 Step if neither Logic In1 or Logic In2 is active logically true NOR 9 Step if Logic In1 is active logically true and Logic In2 is not active logically false XOR A Step if Logic In2 is active logically true and Logic In is not active logically false XOR b Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In1 is active logically true TIMED AND C Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In2 is active logically true TIMED AND d Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In1 is not active logically false TIMED OR E Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In2 is not active logically false TIMED OR F Use logic programmed in Digit 1 IGNORE Step Logic Basic Logic and Timer Counter Functions Notes 1 8 Step Logic Basic Logic and Timer Counter Functions Notes www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation Vorstlaan Boulevard du Souverain 36 1170 Brussels Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 280G UMO001D EN P January 2015 Copyright 2015 Rockwell Automat
154. alance Check the power system and correct if Drive Error Codes 12 and 63 necessary This fault cannot be disabled 10 DNet Power DeviceNet power has been lost or has dropped below the 12V threshold Check the state of the Loss network power supply and look for DeviceNet media problems This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default 11 Internal This fault occurs when communications between the main board the drive is lost This fault cannot Comm be disabled This fault cannot be disabled Verify that the disconnect is in the on position and three phase power is present 12 DC Bus Fault DC bus voltage remained below 85 of nominal DC bus voltage fell below the minimum value DC Drive Error Codes 3 4 and 5 bus voltage exceeded maximum value Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption Check input fuses Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time or install a starter module with the dynamic brake option This fault cannot be disabled 13 EEPROM Fault Internal Comm This is a major fault which renders the ArmorStart inoperable Possible causes of this fault Fit transients induced during EEprom storage routines If the fault was initiated by a transient power Drive Error Codes 81 and cycling should clear the problem Otherwise replacement of the starter module may be required
155. alue 113 Get Set 0 Pr Fault Action BOOL attribute 1 Ignore 114 Get Set Pr Fault Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON 115 Get Set Force Enable BOOL Ce Disables iz Enable 116 Get Set Force Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 ON For DOP Instances 1 and 2 and 9 and 10 Attributes 113 and 114 have Get only access and their values are always 0 C 20 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Discrete Output Point Object Special Requirements The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Point Object Table C 47 Discrete Output Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Instance Ys ibus Srge Te vs Serb Siok DOP Instances 3 and 4 Special Behavior There are many sources that can affect an output point s value an I O message and explicit message local logic network fault and idle conditions and protection fault conditions An output point must know how to select which source of data to use to drive its value attribute An output that is not bound behaves much the same as in the DeviceNet Specification One notable addition to DOP behavior for the ArmorStart implementation is the Protection Fault Action and Protection Fault Value attributes determine the behavior of the DOP when the ArmorStart faults on a protection fault Connection Transitions to Established Non Existant Power On Available Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 21 The following State
156. alue 10 0 sec 4 28 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Decel Time 1 Parameter Number 140 Sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases t Related Parameters Maximum Freq _ Decel Rate 138 139 151 152 153 154 168 170 173 174 177 Decel Time and 240 247 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 1 sec Maximum Value 600 0 sec Default Value 10 0 sec Parameter Number Reset To Defaults 141 Access Rule GET SET eM Stop drive before changing this parameter Resets all parameter values to factory defaults Data Type Group BOOL Basic Program Group 0 Ready Idle Default 1 Factory Rset Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 0 Motor OL Ret Parameter Number 143 Access Rule GET SET Enables disables the Motor overload Retention function When Enabled the value Data Type BOOL held in the motor overload counter is saved at power down and restored at power up A change to this parameter setting resets the counter Group Basic Program Group 0 Disabled Default Units 1 Enabled Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Oj oO Advanced Program Group 151 Digital In 1 SEL Parameter Number 152 Digital In 2 SEL 153 Digital In 3 SEL 154 Digital In 4
157. alue 45 27 MCB EEPROM 28 Base EEPROM 29 Drive EEPROM PF Fault Code 100 30 Wrong Base 31 Fan RPM 32 Power Unit PF Fault Code 70 33 Drive 10 PF Fault Code122 34 Restart Retries PF Fault Code 33 35 Drive Aux In Fit PF Fault Code 2 36 Analog Input PF Fault Code 29 Default Value 0 37 Drv Param Reset PF Fault Code 48 38 SCV Autotune PF Fault Code 80 39 Source Brake 40 Reserved 41 DB1 Comm 42 DB1 Fault 43 DB Switch Short Warning Status Parameter Number 62 This parameter warns the user of a condition without faulting Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 15 User 1 0 Group Off to On Delay Parameter Number 30 This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration before being reported Access Rule GET SET ON Data Type UINT Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value 0 On to Off Delay Parameter Number 31 This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration before being reported Access Rule GET SET OFF Data Type UINT Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value 0 In Sink Source Parameter Number 32 This parameter allows the installer to program the inputs to be sink or source Acces
158. arameter warns the Data Type WORD user of a condition without faulting Group Starter Protection Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Warnin 15 14 13 1211 1019 8 7 6 5 4 21110 9 X reserved X reserved X Phase Loss reserved X reserved X Control Power 10 Warning X reserved X Phase imbalance X DeviceNet X reserved X reserved X reserved X Hardware X reserved X reserved 3 14 User 1 0 Misc Group Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Off to On Delay This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration before an input is reported ON On to Off Delay This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration before an input is reported OFF In Sink Source This parameter allows the installer to program the inputs to be sink or source 0 Sink 1 Source Keypad Mode This parameter selects if the keypad operation is maintained or momentary 0 Maintained 1 Momentary Keypad Disable This parameter disables all keypad function except for the OFF and RESET buttons 0 Not Disabled 1 Disabled Parameter Number 30 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 31 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UI
159. ation Node Octal Source ID Connected Iv Cache Connections e Enable Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 0 Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Figure 6 5 ControlLogix Example of Ladder Logic Program Rung 0 The 1756 DNb scanner module will map output data and discrete outputs to each node only when it is in the run mode PLC Run Local 1 0 CommandRegister Run lt gt Rung 1 If Set RunFwd ON is momentarily set the Control RunFwd will turn ON provided that a fault condition does not exist Status 140M Status tripped Control RunFwd Set RunFwd ON lt Local 1 Data 1 13 gt Local 1 l Data 1 07 Local 1 O Data 1 07 Tt 4 s lt gt Control RunFwd Local 1 O Data 1 0 Rung 2 If a warning exists the Control OutB will be latched ON to signal this condition Status warning Control OutB lt Local 1 1 Data 1 1 gt lt Local 1 O Data 1 7 gt JE lt L gt Rung 3 If a trip exists the Control will be latched ON to signal this condition Status tripped Control OutA Local 1 I Data 1 0 Local 1 O Data 1 6 d 4l Rung 4 If a trip condition exists momentarily setting Reset fault will reset the fault Status tripped Control faultReset Reset fault lt Local 1 Data 1 0 gt Local 1 O Data 1 27 TE J C2 Rung 5 The fault reset bit will unlatch the warning
160. aximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Bit Function 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 el ES V Run Fwd ze er emen Run Rev deese eme eai Ar Me Fault Reset Se ee e Reserved SS RSS ep ae Reserved me ea enn Reserved ad Ree ot ee ey Reserved Reserved Network Override This parameter allows for the local logic to override a Network fault 0 Disable 1 Enable Parameter Number 8 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters 3 7 DeviceNet Group Comm Override This parameter allows for local logic to override the absence of an 1 0 connection 0 Disable 1 Enable Autobaud Enable When this parameter is enabled the device will attempt to determine the network baud rate and set its baud rate to the same provided network traffic exists At least one node with an established baud rate must exist on the network for autobaud to occur 0 Disable 1 Enable Consumed 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data consumed Enter a Consumed 1 0 assembly instance number to select a data format Produced 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data produced Enter a Produces 1 0 assembly instance number to select a data format
161. blies Bulletin 2840 Default Input and Output 1 0 Assembly Formats Bulletin 2840 The Automap feature available in all Rockwell Automation scanners will automatically map the information as shown below If manual mapping is not required the information below can be used to map a device based on the default configuration Table 5 4 Default Input and Output 1 0 Assemblies Default Message type Polled Consumed data size 4 bytes Rx Produced data size 2 bytes Tx The I O assembly formats for the ArmorStart are identified by the value in Parameter 11 Consumed IO Assy and Parameter 12 Produced IO Assy These values determine the amount and arrangement of the information communicated to the master scanner The tables below identify the default information produced and consumed by Bulletin 284G devices For additional formats and advance configurations please reference the user manual Defaults for Bulletin 284G Distributed Motor Controllers Table1 Instance 164 Default Consumed Inverter Type Distributed Starter 4 bytes Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Not Not Not Jog 0 Used Used Used Rev Jog Fwd Fault Reset Run Rev Run Fwd 1 Drive Drive Drive Drive Decel Rate2 Decel Rate1 Accel Rate2 Accel Rate 1 In4 n3 In2 In1 Enable Enable Enable Enable 2 Comm Frequency Command Low Hz 3 Comm Frequency Command High
162. bove and 1 2 below the actual skip frequency A setting of 0 0 disables this parameter Figure 4 7 Frequency Command Skip Frequency gt Drive Output requency Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 1A Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 1 8 Default Value Drive rated amps x 1 5 Parameter Number 219 Related Parameters 220 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Hz Default Value 0 0 Hz Parameter Number 220 Related Parameters 219 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Hz Maximum Value 30 0 Hz Default Value 0 0 Hz 2x Skip Frequency Band NE Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 49 Stall Fault Time Parameter Number 221 Sets for the fault time that the drive will remain in stall mode before a fault is issued Access Rule GET SET 0 60 sec Default Data Type UINT i Group Advanced Program Group 3 360 sec Units 4 480 sec Minimum Value 0 5 Fit Disabled Maximum Value 5 Default Value 0 Analog In Loss Parameter Number 222 Selects drive action when an input signal loss is detected Signal loss is defined as Related Parameters 210 211 232 an analog signal less than 1V Th
163. by pulling forward Figure 10 3 Bulletin 2806 2816 Base Module Removal Base Module Communication 2 Note DeviceNet base module is Cable cy shown a Motor Cable 10 18 Troubleshooting Base Module Replacement Bulletin 280G 281G Note DeviceNet base module is shown Installation of Base Module Wars i To avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices 1 Mount Base Module with four mounting screws 2 Install Control Module 3 Tighten the four mounting screws 4 Install motor control brake control and three phase power comunication and all other cables connected to the inputs 5 Tighten four mounting screws on the terminal access cover plate 6 Install Control Module 7 Tighten the four mounting screws 8 Install motor cable comunication cables and all others connected to the inputs and outputs Figure 10 4 Bulletin 280G 281G Base Module Installation Base LO L Motor Cable Control Module Troubleshooting 10 19 Base Module Replacement Bulletin 2840 Removal of Base Module vui i avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices 1 Disconnect from power source 2 Remove all cables from Control Module comunication cables and all others connected to the inputs 3 Loosen four mou
164. ch bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix data table 82 Zone 1 Offset The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 1 83 Zone 2 Offset The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 2 84 Zone 3 Offset The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 3 85 Zone 4 Offset The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 4 86 Zone 1 EPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection will time out and Zone 1 Health will report 1 Not Healthy 87 Zone 2 EPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 2 consuming connection If consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection will time out and Zone 2 Health will report 1 Not Healthy 88 Zone 3 EPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 3 consuming connection If consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection will time out and Zone 3 Health will report 1 Not Healthy 89 Zone 4 EPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the z
165. ctromechanical contactors and motor starters Bulletin 283 EN 60947 4 2 Low voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 4 2 AC semiconductor motor controllers and starters e Bulletin 284 EN 61800 3 Adjustable speed electronic power drive systems Part 3 EMC product standard including specific test methods This product is intended for use in an industrial environment Chapter 1 Product Overview Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring Table of Contents Table of Contents Introduction RR ede eee rto 1 1 Description 2 enciende e tede ette e eR cates 1 1 Safety ArMoOrStart ccccccsccsssssssssssscssssessssessessessssessesersesassesenees 1 1 Operation dee dd on 1 2 Mode of Operation sess 1 2 Bulletin 280G 281G Full Voltage Start 1 2 Bulletin 2846 Sensorless Vector 1 2 Description of Features 1 3 Overload Protection 1 3 LED Status Indication sees 1 5 Fault Diagnostics 2 1 5 PUTS reet ete 1 6 Gland Plate Entrance 1 6 ArmorStart with DeviceNet Network Capabilities 1 6 DeviceLogix M ies i heh
166. d The device may need to be mapped to a master scanner placed in a scanlist or have another device communicate to it Check to make sure the PLC and scanner are operating correctly and that there are no media cabling issues Check to see if other networked devices are in a similar state Solid Red Flashing Red and Green The device has detected a major error that has rendered it incapable of communicating on the network Duplicate MAC ID Bus off media issue The device has detected a network access error and is in a communication faulted state The device has subsequently received and accepted an Identify Communication Faulted Request Long Protocol message Troubleshooting should be done to ensure that the network is correct terminators lengths etc and there is not a duplicate node problem If other devices on the network appear to be operating fine and power cycling the device does not work contact Technical Support This is not a common state for DeviceNet products Power cycling the device may resolve the problem however if the problem continues it may be necessary to contact technical support Troubleshooting 10 15 Control Module Replacement Bulletin 280G 281G Note DeviceNet base module is shown Removal of Starter Module vais MB To avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices 1 Disconnect from power source 2 Remo
167. d Class 15 3 Overload Class 20 OL Reset Level This parameter allows the installer select the Thermal Capacity which an overload can be cleared Parameter Number 107 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group Starter Setup Units XX x Amps Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 108 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group Starter Setup Units FLA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 75 3 26 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Notes Parameter Programming Chapter 4 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers This chapter describes each programmable parameter and its function for Bulletin 284G Sensorless Vector Controllers Each Distributed Motor Controller type will have a common set of parameters followed by a set of parameters that pertain to the individual starter type Refer to Chapter 5 DeviceNet Commissioning for instructions in using RSNetworx for DeviceNet to modify parameter settings Important Resetting the Factory Default Values Parameter 47 Set to Defaults allows the installer to reset all parameter to the factory default values It also resets the MAC ID to its factory default after DeviceNet Power is cycled if switches are set gt 63 Important Parameter setting changes downloaded to the ArmorStart take effect immediately even during a running status I
168. dapt to individual motor characteristics select this method of operation select V for the Mode of Operation listed in the catalog structure See Publication 280 SG001 3 0 vel _ rim 1 ie 1 2 10 0 5 0 0 Product Overview 1 3 Description of Features Overload Protection The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller incorporates as standard electronic motor overload protection This overload protection is accomplished electronically with an Pt algorithm The ArmorStart s overload protection is programmable via the communication network providing the user with flexibility The Bulletin 280G 281G overload trip class can be selected for class 10 15 20 protection Ambient insensitivity is inherent in the electronic design of the overload Figure 1 1 Overload Trip Curves Approximate Trip Time sec 10000 4 Class 10 1000 4 100 10 4 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 of Full Load Current 700 Class 15 10000 Cold Hot Cold Hot Approximate Trip Time sec 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 of Full Load Current Class 20 10000 Cold Hot 100 Approximate Trip Time sec 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 of Full Load Current 1 4
169. de 2000 m Humidity 5 9596 non condensing Pollution Degree 3 Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4 12 13 IP67 Approximate Shipping Weight 18 1 kg 40 Ibs Mechanical Resistance to Shock Operational 15G Non Operational 30G Resistance to Vibration Operational 1 G 0 15 mm 0 006 in displacement Non Operational 2 5 0 38 mm 0 015 in displacement Power and Ground Terminals WireSize Primary Secondary Terminal Primary Secondary Terminal 16 AWG 10 AWG 1 5 mm 4 0 mm Tightening Torque FU A T y Tib Pae Term Bae Nem Wire Strip Length 0 35 in 9 mm Control and Safety Monitor Inputs WireSize 18 AWG 10 AWG 1 0 mm 4 0 mm Tightening Torque 6 2 in lb 0 7 Nem Wire Strip Length 0 35 in 9 mm Other Rating EMC Emission levels Conducted Radio Frequency Emissions Class A Radiated Emissions Class A EMC immunity levels Electrostatic Discharge 4 kV contact and 8 kV Air Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field 10 V m Fast Transient 2kV Surge Transient 1 kV L L 2 kV L N Earth Overload Characteristics Trip Class 10 Overload Protection 12 overload protection 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 30 seconds Number of poles 3 DeviceNet Specifications DeviceNet Supply Voltage Rating Range 11 25V DC 24V DC Nominal DeviceNet Input Current 167 mA 24V DC 4 0 W 364 mA 11V DC 4 0 W External Devices powered by DeviceNet Sensors Inputs 6 50 mA total 300 mA Total w max Sensor Inputs 6 367 mA 24V DC
170. definitions for Bulletin 280G and 281G ArmorStart units ArmorStart Revision 2 xxx 280G and 281G 0 Tripped 1 Warning 2 Running Fwd 3 Running Rev 4 Ready 5 Net Ctl Status 6 Keypad Hand 7 HOA Status 8 140M On 9 Explicit Msg Cnxn Exists 10 IO Cnxn Exists 11 Explicit Cnxn Fault 12 IO Cnxn Fault 13 IO Cnxn Idle 14 Current Flowing 15 Keypad Hand Direction 16 ZIP1 Cnxn 17 ZIP1 Fault 18 ZIP2 Cnxn 19 z ZIP2 Fault 20 ZIP3 Cnxn 2 ZIP3 Fault 22 ZIP4 Cnxn 23 ZIP4 Fault Using DeviceLogix 2 Bulletin 280G and 281G ArmorsStart Fault Bits The screen capture below how to choose fault bits in the ladder editor DIP INT 4 CNB INT 1 08 SB INT HE Latch 128 Counter 1 5 hip Timer 8 12113114 15 The following list contains the fault bit definitions for Bulletin 2806 281G ArmorStart units ArmorStart Revision 2 xxx 280G and 281G 0 Short Circuit Overload 2 Phase Loss 3 Control Power 4 Fault 5 z Over Temp 6 Phase Imbalance 7 DNet Power Loss 8 EEprom 9 HW Fit 10 PL Warning 11 CP Warning 12 IO Warning 13 Phase Imbal Warn 14 DN Warning 15 HW Warning Using DeviceLogix 7 7 3 Bulletin 280G and 281G ArmorStart Produced Network Bits The screen capture below shows how to choose Produced Network Bits in the ladder editor DOP INT e GENE
171. e DeviceLogix tab If you are on line with a device a dialog box will appear asking you to upload or download Click on Upload 3 Click the Start Logic Editor button 4 Ifprogramming off line continue to step 5 otherwise click on the Edit button Click Yes when asked if you want to Enter Edit Mode Once in edit mode the entire list of Function Blocks will be displayed in the toolbar 5 Left Click on the RSL function block This is a reset dominate latch 6 Move the cursor into the grid and left click to drop the function onto the grid Using DeviceLogix 7 3 7 From the toolbar Click on the Discrete Input button and select Input 0 from the pull down menu This is the remote start button based on the example I O table 8 Place the input to the left of the RSL function To drop the input on the page left click on the desired position 9 Place the mouse cursor over the tip of Input The tip will turn green Click on the tip when it turns green 10 Move the mouse cursor toward the input of the RSL function A line will follow the cursor When a connection can be made the tip of the RSL function will also turn green Click the on Input and the line will be drawn from Input 0 to the Set Input of the RSL function Note If this was not a valid connection one of the pin tips would have turned red rather than green Left double clicking on the unused portion of the grid or pressing the
172. e 1 data will come from node 11 Zone 2 data will come from node 12 Zone 3 data will come from node 13 Zone 4 data will come from node 14 First we must set up nodes 11 14 to Auto Produce data when ZIP is enabled ArmorStart 281D 1 1 5 5A 120VAC 1 General Device Parameters o Defaults EDS File DeviceLagix Groups m On Line Upload From Device All parameters AN See Upload From Device Restore Default Values Download To Device C All Parameter Help 200 SetMontr ID amp amp Parameter Current Value amp Reserved amp Reserved amp Reserved amp Reserved AutoRun zip Zone ProducedEPR Zone ProducedPIT Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 1 Health Healthy Zone 2 Health Healthy Zone 3 Health Healthy gt For the ArmorStarts at node 11 13 shown above this 1s done by setting parameter 67 AutoRun Zip to Enabled Note that we will leave parameters 68 and 69 at their default values so that data will be produced every 75 msec ArmorStart amp ZIP Configuration 8 7 orb 200 node oem belom sida by stg pret 13 tf Zu si 1799 ZCIOV Zone Cntl 10 10 sinking General Device Parameters O Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Maas Upload From Device Single Restore Default Values Download To Device To Device C All Parameter Help Monitor amp amp Parameter Current Value Network Status
173. e 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 7 4 3 2 Net Input 0 ur 28 Net Input 1 SES EE zm X Net input 2 rum X Net Input 3 Lx CES X Net Input 4 c EN Net Input 5 E um Net Input 6 m 33 m X Net Input 7 E m X Net Input 8 lI Net Input 9 C X a2 Net Input 10 X Net Input 11 X Net Input 12 X Net Input 13 X Net Input 14 X a ee fee ed LI Net Input 15 4 4 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Network Outputs Parameter Number 3 This parameter provides status of network outputs Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Bit Function 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 m m Em X Net Output 0 ER X Net Output 1 men X Net Output 2 E X
174. e Hp Supply Voltage Name String Drive Type Type 0 Code 22 0x592 0 50 480V AC ArmorStart 284G 40 480V 0 5 Hp PF40 22 0x594 1 480V AC ArmorStart 284G 40 480V 1 Hp PF40 22 0x596 2 480V AC ArmorStart 284G 40 480V 2 Hp PF40 22 0x597 3 480V AC ArmorStart 284G 40 480V 3 Hp PF40 22 0x598 5 480V AC ArmorStart 284G 40 480V 5 Hp PF40 22 0x599 7 5 480V AC ArmorStart 1000 PF40 480V 7 5 Hp PF40 22 0 59 10 480 ArmorStart 1000 40 480V 10 Hp PF40 22 0 59 15 480 ArmorStart 1000 40 480V 15 Hp PF40 Table C 2 Bulletin 284G Safety Product Codes and Name Strings 2038 Product 2 Device Hp Supply Voltage Name String Drive Type Type 0 Code 22 0x5C2 0 50 480V AC ArmorStart 284G 40 480V 0 5 Hp PF40 22 0x504 1 480V AC ArmorStart 284G PF40 480V 1 Hp PF40 22 0x5C6 2 480V AC ArmorStart 284G 40 480V 2 Hp PF40 22 0x5C7 3 480V AC ArmorStart 284G 40 480V 3 Hp PF40 22 0x5C8 5 480V AC ArmorStart 284G 40 480V 5 Hp PF40 22 Ox5C9 7 5 480 ArmorStart 1000 40 480V 7 5 Hp PF40 22 Ox5CA 10 480V AC ArmorStart 1000 PF40 480V 10 Hp PF40 22 Ox5CB 15 480V AC ArmorStart 1000 PF40 480V 15 Hp PF40 22 Motor Starter C 2 Bulletin 284G CIP Information DeviceNet Objects The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller supports the following DeviceNet object classes Table C 3 DeviceNet Object Classes Class Object 0x0001 Identity 0x0002 Message Router 0x0003 DeviceN
175. e Single Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information DeviceNet Interface Object CLASS This vendor specific object has no class attributes CODE 0x00B4 A single instance instance 1 of the DeviceNet Interface Object is supported Table B 58 DeviceNet Interface Object Instance Attribute Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Min Max Default Description 7 Get Set Prod Assy Word 0 USINT 0 108 1 Defines Word 0 of Assy 120 8 Get Set Prod Assy Word 1 USINT 0 108 5 Defines Word 1 of Assy 120 9 Get Set Prod Assy Word 2 USINT 0 108 6 Defines Word 2 of Assy 120 10 Get Set Prod Assy Word 3 USINT 0 108 7 Defines Word 3 of Assy 120 13 Get Set Starter COS Mask WORD 0 0xFFFF OXFFFF Change of state mask for starter bits 15 Get Set Autobaud Enable BOOL 0 1 1 1 enabled 0 disabled 16 Get Set Consumed Assy USINT 0 185 160 3 121 160 162 182 187 17 Get Set Produced Assy USINT 100 187 161 52 121 161 163 181 187 189 190 19 Get Set Set To Defaults BOOL 0 1 0 0 No action 1 Reset 23 Get 1 0 Produced Size USINT 0 8 Size of 1 0 Produced Data in Bytes 24 Get 1 0 Consumed Size USINT 0 3 Size of 1 0 Consumed Data in Bytes 30 Get DNet Voltage UINT XX XX DeviceNet Voltage xx xx Volts 50 Get Set PNB COS Mask WORD to OxOOFF 0 Change of state mask for PNBs The following common services are implemented for the DeviceNet Interface Object Table B 59 DeviceNet Interface Object Common Serv
176. e UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0001 Maximum Value baFF Default Value 00F1 Parameters 240 247 are only active if 138 Speed Reference is set to 6 Stp Logic These parameters can be used to create a custom profile of frequency commands Each step can be based on time status of a Logic input or a combination of time and the status of a Logic input Digits 0 3 for each Stp Logic x parameter must be programmed according to the desired profile A Logic input is established by setting a digital input Parameters 151 154 Digital Inx Sel to 23 Logic In1 and or 24 Logic In2 A time interval between steps can be programmed using Parameters 250 257 Stp Logic Time x See Table 4 8 for related parameters The speed for any step is programmed using Parameters 170 177 Preset Freq x Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 55 Table 4 8 Related Preset Frequenc Related Step Logic Time Parameter Can be activated Parameter Active when Logic independent of Step Logic 240 247 Digit 0 or 1 are set Parameters to 1 b C d or E 240 Stp Logic 0 170 Preset Freq 0 250 Stp Logic Time 0 241 Stp Logic 1 171 Preset Freq 1 251 Stp Logic Time 1 242 Stp Logic 2 172 Preset Freq 2 252 Stp Logic Time 2 243 Stp Logic 3 173 Preset Freq 3 253 Stp Logic Time 3 244 Stp Logic 4 174 Preset Freq 4 254 Stp Log
177. e all packing material from device s After unpacking check the nameplate catalog number s against the purchase order The controller should remain in its shipping container prior to installation If the equipment is not to be used for a period of time it must be stored according to the following instructions in order to maintain warranty coverage e Store in a clean dry location e Store within an ambient temperature range of 25 85 C 13 185 F e Store within a relative humidity range of 0 95 noncondensing e Do not store equipment where it could be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere e Do not store equipment in a construction area 2 2 Installation and Wiring General Precautions Precautions for Bulletin 280G 281G Applications In addition to the precautions listed throughout this manual the following statements which are general to the system must be read and understood ATTENTION PIN ATTENTION ATTENTION ATTENTION A ATTENTION The controller contains ESD electrostatic discharge sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing the assembly Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures refer to Publication 8000 4 5 2 Guarding against Electrostatic Discharge or any other applicable ESD protection handbooks
178. e boost voltage of Parameter 131 Motor NP Volts and redefines the Volts Related Parameters 131 132 134 135 184 186 per Hz curve when Parameter 184 Boost Select 0 Custom V Hz and Parameter 187 188 225 225 Torque Perf Mode OV Hz Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 2 5 Figure 4 3 Parameter 188 Maximum Voltage Parameter 131 Motor NP Volts Voltage 4 Parameter 186 Start Boost Parameter 186 Break Voltage amp Parameter 187 Break Frequency Parameter 132 Motor NP Hertz Parameter 134 Minimum Freq Frequency Parameter 135 Maximum Freq 4 40 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Brake Voltage Sets the frequency where brake voltage is applied when Parameter 184 Boost Select 0 Custom V Hz and Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode OV Hz Brake Frequency Sets the frequency where brake frequency is applied when Parameter 184 Boost Select 0 Custom V Hz and Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode OV Hz Maximum Voltage Sets the highest voltage the drive will output Current Limit 1 Maximum output current allowed before current limiting occurs Parameter Number 186 131 132 134 135 184 185 Related Parameters 187 188 225 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Gr
179. e explicit message request data into an integer N file of the SLC 500 processor 2 Use the file copy instruction COP to copy the explicit message request data entered in step 1 to the MO File words 224 through 256 3 Use the examine if closed instruction XIC to monitor bit 15 of the scanner s module status register for an indication that it has received a response from the ArmorStart 4 Copy the data from the 1 file words 224 through 256 into a file in the SLC 500 processor using the file copy instruction COP The following example shows the exact data format to perform a Get Attribute Single request This message will specifically access parameter 104 Average Current The first three words are shown segmented into two bytes corresponding to the upper and lower bytes shown in the explicit message request table Table 6 4 Note The data in the table is shown in a hexadecimal format Therefore parameter 104 decimal is equal to 65 hexadecimal 0x68 Table 6 7 Get Attribute Single Request Service Instance Table 6 8 Get Attribute Single Response TXID Status Port Size Service MAC ID Data Word 0 12 13 14 15 16 17 N7 x 01 XX 00 06 OE 04 X Figure 6 2 SLC Example of Ladder Logic Program 0000 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Rung 0 The 1747 SDN scanner module will map output data fro
180. e signal loss event ends and normal operation Access Rule GET SET resumes when the input signal level is greater than or equal to 1 5V f using a Data Type UINT 0 10V analog input set parameter 210 Anlg In 0 10V Lo to a minimum of 20 2 volts Group Advanced Program Group Units See Table 4 7 for details Maximum Value Default Value Table 4 7 Options Description 0 Disabled Default 1 Fault F29 F29 Analog Input Loss 2 Stop Uses P037 Stop Mode 3 Zero Ref Drive runs at zero speed reference 4 Min Freq Ref Drive runs at minimum frequency 5 Max Freq Ref Drive runs at maximum frequency 6 Int Freq Ref Drive runs at internal frequency 10V Bipolar Enbl Parameter Number 223 Enables disables bipolar control In bipolar mode direction is commanded by the Related Parameters 138 211 sign of the reference Access Rule GET SET Options Data Type UINT z uas RO ae Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 0 1 0 4 50 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Var PWM Disable Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables a feature that varies the carrier frequency for the PWM output waveform defined by Parameter 191 PWM Frequency 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Disabling this feature when low frequency condition exists may result in IGBT stress and nuisance tripping Torque Perf Mode Stop drive before changing this para
181. e units 165 Produced Default Produced Instance for Inverter type units 166 Gansuimed Standard Consumed Instance for Inverter type units with Network Inputs 167 Produite S Produced Instance for Inverter type units with Network 170 Consumed Power Flex Native Format Consumed Instance 171 Produced Power Flex Native Format Produced Instance 181 Produced User Inputs 182 Consumed Consumed Network Bits a k a Network Inputs 183 Produced Produced Network Bits a k a Network Outputs 184 Produced Trip Status Bits 185 Produced Starter Status Bits 186 Produced DeviceNet Status Bits 187 Consumed Starter Control Bits 188 Consumed Drive Control Bits 189 Produced Warning Status Bits 190 Produced 1799 ZCIO Bits C 6 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Custom Parameter Based Word Wise 1 0 Assembly Byte Table C 13 CustomParameter Based Word Wise Produced Assembly Instance Instance 120 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 0 Param low byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 0 Param high byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 1 Param low byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 2 Param low byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 2 Param high byte Word Wise Bit Packed Assemblies Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 3 Param low byte NN
182. e when power is applied This indicates the drive is ready for operation Relay returns drive to Default shelf state when power is removed or a fault occurs 1 At Frequency Drive reached commanded frequency 2 MotorRunning Motor is receiving power from drive 3 Reverse Drive is commanded to run in reverse direction 4 Motor Overld Motor overload condition exists 5 Ramp Reg Ramp regulator is modifying the programmed accel decal times to avoid overcurrent or overvoltage fault from occurring Drive exceeds the frequency Hz value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Level Use Parameter 156 to set 6 Above Freq threshold Drive exceeds the current 9o Amps value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Level Use Parameter 156 to set 7 Above Cur threshold 8 Above DCVolt Drive exceeds the DC bus voltage value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Level Use Parameter 156 to set threshold 9 Retries Exst Value set in Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded 10 Above Anlg V Option not valid for Bulletin 284G ArmorStart 11 Logic In 1 An input is programmed as Logic In 1 and is active 12 Logic In 2 An input is programmed as Logic In 2 and is active 13 Logic In 1 amp 2 Both Logic inputs are programmed and active 14 Logic In 1 or 2 One or both Logic inputs are programmed and one or both is active 15 StpLogic Out Drive enters Step Logic step with Digit 3 of Command Word Parameters 240 247 16 Timer Out Timer has reached value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Lev
183. eLogix Programming Example 7 2 ArmorStart Fault Bit Status Bit Outputs and Produced Network Bits in the DeviceLogix Ladder Editor esses 7 5 BM 8 1 ZIP Parameter Overview 8 1 Data ProdUction sais blend ea cede Meets 8 3 Data Consumption ccceccesessessesssssssesssssesaesaesesseseesaesatsaseesanses 8 3 Mapping Consumed Data to the DeviceLogix Data Table 8 3 Finding ZIP bits in Device Logix 8 12 iv Table of Contents Chapter 9 Diagnostics Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Appendix A Specifications Appendix B Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information eee e ee eee dde 9 1 Protection Programming ccccscesccsssssssssssssssssssssessssesaseesees 9 1 Fault Display 5 rece Ree nete eden 9 1 Clear Fault nnne nnn nnns 9 2 Fault Codes e 9 2 Fault DENON a a eerta 9 3 ShOoFEGIFCUID 5s eae EE A AE 9 3 Overload Trp ca 2 ctis eene tenen ec 9 3 Pliaselboss eee eet teens 9 3 Phase Shorb uote mee Bene utn 9 3 Ground Fault ORE 9 3 Stall nette tei e ee e ette ren 9 3 Control POWer eeseeeeeeeeeennnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 9 3 W O Fault xat eed 9 3 Over Temperature 9 3 Phase Imbalance
184. ead Write Assembly Instance 187 Starter Control Bits Table B 22 Instance 189 This is a Read Only Assembly Instance 189 Warning Status Bits Control 0 Power _ Warning Warning Warning 1 HW Warn DN Warn PI Warn Standard Distributed Motor Standard Distributed Motor Controller IO Assemblies are available Controller 1 0 Assemblies on all Starter Types Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed Assemblies Table B 23 Instance 3 is the required output consumed assembly defined in the DeviceNet Motor Starter Profile Instance 3 ODVA Starter Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 riesen qe B 8 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information Table B 24 Instance 160 is the default output consumed assembly for Standard Distributed Motor Controllers Instance 160 Default Consumed Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved ru Run Rev Run Fwd Reset Table B 25 Instance 162 is the standard output consumed assembly with Network Inputs Instance 162 Standard Consumed Starter with Network Inputs Standard Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies Table B 26 Instance 52 is the required input produced assembly defined in the DeviceNet Motor Starter Profile Instance 52 ODVA Starter Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 qier
185. ection Stop with Auto Shutoff Standard DC Injection Braking for value set in Parameter 180 DC Brake Time or Drive shuts off if current limit is exceeded 8 Ramp EM B CF Ramp to Stop with EM Brake Control Stop command clears active fault 9 Ramp EM Brk Ramp to Stop with EM Brake Control Speed Reference Valid Speed References for the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart are the following 1 Internal Freq 2 0 10V Input 4 Preset Freq 5 Comm port 6 Stp Logic 9 Jog Freq Note Option 2 must be selected when using 0 10V Analog Input Accel Time 1 Sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases Maximum Freq Accel Rate Accel Time Parameter Number 137 Related Parameters 136 180 181 182 205 260 261 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9 Default Value 9 Parameter Number 138 Related Parameters 101 102 112 139 140 151 152 153 154 169 170 173 174 177 210 211 213 232 240 247 and 250 257 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 7 Default Value 5 Parameter Number 139 Related Parameters 138 140 151 152 153 154 167 170 173 174 177 and 240 247 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 sec Maximum Value 600 0 sec Default V
186. ecurity Enable bit Data Type UINT for zone 4 is enabled this value must match the value of the Group ZIP Parameters Device Value Key parameter in Units the device whose data is being MinimumValue 0 consumeditonzone 4 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Device Value Key Parameter Number 98 Access Rule GET SET This value is produced in the last Data Type UINT 2 bytes of data when one of the ZIP assemblies is chosen for data Group ZIP Parameters production Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Zone Ctrl Enable Parameter Number 99 Access Rule GET SET Global enable for ZIP peer to Data Type BOOL peer messaging This parameter must be disabled before any Group ZIP Parameters changes to the ZIP configuration Units for the device can be made MinimumValue 0 Disable Maximum Value 1 1 Enable Default Value 0 Phase A Current Parameter Number 101 Access Rule GET SET This parameter provides the Data Type INT current of Phase A measured n increments of 1 10 of an Group Starter Display ampere Units xx x Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Phase B Current Parameter Number 102 Access Rule GET SET This parameter provides the Data INT current of Phase B measured in increments of 1 10 of an Group Starter Display ampere Units xx x Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 3 24 Starter Setup Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Phase C Cur
187. ed by the four digits for each step logic parameter The following is a listing of the available settings for each digit Refer to Appendix J for details 4 56 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Table 4 9 Digit 3 Settings Required Accel Decel Step Logic Commanded Setting Parameter Used Output State Direction 0 Accel Decel 1 Off FWD 1 Accel Decel 1 Off REV 2 Accel Decel 1 Off No Output 3 Accel Decel 1 On FWD 4 Accel Decel 1 On REV 5 Accel Decel 1 On No Output 6 Accel Decel 2 Off FWD 7 Accel Decel 2 Off REV 8 Accel Decel 2 Off No Output 9 Accel Decel 2 On FWD A Accel Decel 2 On REV b Accel Decel 2 On No Output Table 4 10 Digit 2 Settings Jump to Step 0 Jump to Step 1 Jump to Step 2 Jump to Step 3 Jump to Step 4 Jump to Step 5 Jump to Step 6 Jump to Step 7 End Program Normal Stop End Program Coast to Stop gt ojoo NI ajla A ojl N o Table 4 11 Digit 1 and Digit 0 Settings End Program and Fault F2 Skip Step Jump Immediately Step Based on Stp Logic Time x Step if Logic In1 is Active Step if Logic In2 is Active Step if Logic In1 is Not Active Step if Logic In12 is Not Active Stop if either Logic In1 and Logic In2 is Active Stop if both Logic In1 and Logic In2 is Active Stop if neither Logic Ini and Logic In2 is Active Step if Logic In1 is Active and Log
188. ed to set the value of PID Setpoint the PID Reference 4 Selects Exclusive Control The reference word from a communication network Comm Port DeviceNet becomes the PID Reference The value sent over the network is scaled so that Parameter 135 Maximum Freq x 10 100 reference For example with Maximum Freq 60 Hz a value of 600 sent over the network would represent 100 reference 5 Selects Trim Control Parameter 137 PID Setpoint will be used to set the value of the Setpnt Trim PID Reference 8 Selects Trim Control The reference word from a communication network DeviceNet Comm Trim becomes the PID Reference The value sent over the network is scaled so that Parameter 135 Maximum Freq x 10 100 reference For example with Maximum Freq 60 Hz a value of 600 sent over the network would represent 100 reference Parameter 233 PID Feedback Sel is used to select the source of the PID feedback Option Description 2 The Consumed Assembly Instance 164 Default Consumed Inverter Type Distributed Comm Port Motor Controller from a communication network see page C 9 for details on the Consumed Assembly which becomes the PID Feedback The value sent over the network is scaled so that Parameter 135 Maximum Freq x 10 100 Feedback For example with Maximum Freq 60 Hz a value of 600 sent over the network would represent 100 Feedback PID Deadband Parameter 238 PID Deadband is used to set a range i
189. ee eee eee ee eee eee E Bulletin 280 281 Bulletin 280 281 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart ArmorStart ArmorStart Control Power Media Patchcords PatchCord cable with integral female or male connector on each end Example Part Number 889N F3AFNU F Control Power Tees The Control Power tee Part Number 898N 33PB N4KF is used with a patchcord to connect to the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Control Power Receptacles Female receptacles are a panel mount connector with flying leads Part Number 888N D3AF1 F Installation and Wiring 2 31 ArmorStart with ArmorConnect Connectivity Control Power Ground Three Phase Receptacle Terminal Power Receptacle Terminal Designations Terminal Color Code Designations A1 Control Power Input Black PE Ground Green Yellow 1 41 Line Power Phase A Black 3 12 Line Power PhaseB White 5 13 Line Power Phase C Red ArmorConnect Cable Ratings The ArmorConnect power media cables are rated per UL Type TC 600V 90 Dry 75 Wet Exposed Run ER or MTW 600V 90 C or STOOW 105 C 600V CSA STOOW 600V FT2 2 32 Installation and Wiring ArmorStart Safety with ArmorConnect Connectivity A1 A2 24VDC Safety Monitor 120VAC Ground Control Powerrm Input from Aux Powr Terminal Power 173205
190. el Use Parameter 156 to set threshold 17 Counter Out Counter has reached value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Level Use Parameter 156 to set threshold 18 Above PF Ang Power factor angle has exceeded the value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Level Use Parameter 156 to set threshold 19 Anlg In Loss Analog input loss has occurred Program parameter 122 Analog In Los for desired action when loss occurs Enables the output to be controlled over the network communications by writing to Parameter 156 Relay Out 20 ParamControl Level 0 Off 1 ON 21 NonRec Fault Value set in Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded 22 EM Brk EM Brake is energized Program Parameter 260 EM Brk Off Delay and Parameter 262 EM Brk On Delay for desired action Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 31 Relay Out Level Parameter Number 156 Sets the trip point for the digital output relay if the value of Parameter 155 Relay Out Sel is 6 7 8 10 16 17 18 or 20 Related Parameters 155 158 161 Access Rule GET SET Parameters 155 Setting Parameter 156 Min Max Data Type UINT 6 0 400 Hz 7 0 180 Group Advanced Program Group 8 0 815V Units 0 1 0 10 0 100 Minimum Value 0 0 16 0 1 9999 sec 17 1 9999 counts Maximum Value 9999 18 1 180 20 on Default Value 0 0 158 Opto Out1 Sel Parameter Number 158 161 161 Opto Out2 Sel 133 156
191. emblies The combination of one of these controllers the safety module and the specified interconnecting cables are referred to as the ArmorStart Safety Related Parts The part numbers for each of these components is specified below The combination of these components is shown in Figure F 1 The safety I O module and PLC program must be configured as outlined See configuration of Safety I O Module and PLC program Table F1 Safety Related Parts Catalog Number Description 280 S Bulletin 280 Distributed Motor Controller controller is full voltage non reversing denotes safety version of Bulletin 280 281 5 Bulletin 281 Distributed Motor Controller controller is full voltage reversing denotes safety version of Bulletin 280 284 5 Bulletin 281 Distributed Motor Controller controller is variable frequency AC drive denotes safety version of Bulletin 280 1732DS IB8XOBV4 Guard 1 0 DeviceNet Safety Module 889D FAHJDM 889D F4AEDM e SMcable assembly Interconnecting or equivalent cable assembly between safety module input and ArmorStart denotes length controller connector labeled SM Assembly provides contactor position feedback e 1 2 cable assembly Interconnecting cable assembly between safety module output and ArmorStart controller connector labeled A1 A2 Assembly provides output contactor coil power and controller power supply 2 Safety 1 0 Module
192. en a DeviceNet fault occurs When set to 1 Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 will go to DnFit Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 52 0 Go to Fault Value 1 Hold Last State Drvin DNFIt Value This parameter determines the state of Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 when a DeviceNet Fault occurs and Parameter 51 is set to 0 0 OFF 1 0N Drvin DNldlState This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 54 defines how the Drive Digital Input 1 4 will respond when a DeviceNet network is idle When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 will go to DnFit Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 54 0 Go to Fault Value 1 Hold Last State StrtrDN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 assume when the network is idle and Parameter 53 is set to 0 0 OFF 1 0N High Speed En 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Parameter Number 51 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 52 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 53 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 54 Access Rule GET
193. en permission of Rockwell Automation is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss ATTENTION Attention statements help you to e identify a hazard e avoid a hazard e recognize the consequences MPORTAN Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product Trademark List ArmorStart and ControlLogix are registered trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc ArmorConnect DeviceLogix PLC RSNetWorx RSLogix 5000 and SLC are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc DeviceNet and the DeviceNet logo are trademarks of the Open Device Vendors Association ODVA ControlNet is a trademark of ControlNet International LTD European Communities EC If this product has the CE mark it is approved for installation within the Directive C li European Union and EEA regions It has been designed and tested to meet Irective vompirance the following directives Low Voltage and EMC Directives This product is tested to meet Council Directive 73 23 EEC Low Voltage and 89 336 EEC and Council Directive 89 336 EC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC by applying the following standard s Bulletin 280 281 EN 60947 4 1 Low voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 4 1 Contactors and motor starters Ele
194. ent 94 Zone 1 Key 178 Jog Frequency 216 Process Time Hi 254 Stp Logic Time 4 95 Zone 2 Key 179 Jog Accel Decel 217 Bus Reg Mode 255 Stp Logic Time 5 96 Zone 3 Key 180 DC Brake Time 218 Current Limit 2 256 Stp Logic Time 6 97 Zone 4 Key 181 DC Brake Level 219 Skip Frequency 257 Stp Logic Time 7 98 Device Value Key 182 DB Resistor Sel 220 Skip Freq Band 258 Reserved 99 Zone Ctrl Enable 183 S Curve 221 Stall Fault Time 259 Reserved 184 Boost Select 222 Analog In Loss 260 EM Brk Off Delay 185 Start Boost 223 10V Bipolar Enbl 261 EM Brk On Delay 186 Break Voltage 224 Var PWM Disable 262 MOP Reset Sel 187 Break Frequency 225 Torque Perf Mode 188 Maximum Voltage 226 Motor NP FLA Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 3 DeviceLogix Group This parameter is not available with the Bulletin 284A Hdw Inputs Parameter Number 1 This parameter provides status of hardware inputs Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value 0 Bit Function 5 3 1 Input 0 EL X Input 1 25 Input 2 m X Input 3 mE Input 4 X EM Input 5 Network Inputs Parameter Number 2 This parameter provides status of network inputs Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Valu
195. er stop is inhibited if the SM feedback is open The program in the safety controller does not permit the 1732DS IB8XOBVA to apply 24V DC to P and M in the A1 A2 cable 8 Safety 1 0 Module and T V Requirements Notes Appendix G Renewal Parts Figure G 1 Bulletin 280G 281G Control Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 280 G F 12D N B RG Bulletin Number NGHE T p gt 280 Full Voltage Starter 281 Reversing Starter Communications D DeviceNet G with six inputs Motor Connection Enclosure Type RG Round F Type 4 IP67 Overload Selection Contactor Size Control Voltage Current Range B 0 5 2 5 A 10 1 1 5 5A 12D D 3 2 16A 23D Control Module N Control Module Only Control Module Renewal Part Product Selection Table G 1 Full Voltage Starters IP67 NEMA Type 4 Up to 460V AC kW Hp Cat No Current Rating A 400V AC 460V AC 50 Hz 60 Hz 20 5 0 5 2 5 0 75 1 280G F12D NB RG 1 1 5 5 2 2 3 280G F12D NC RG 3 2 16 75 10 280G F23D ND RG Table G 2 Reversing Starters IP67 NEMA 4 Up to 460V AC kw Hp Cat No Current Rating A 400V AC 460V AC 50 Hz 60 Hz Jens 0 5 2 5 0 75 1 281G F12D NB RG 1 1 5 5 2 2 3 281G F12D NC RG 3 2 16 75 10 281G F23D ND RG 2 Renewal Parts Figure G 2 Bulletin 2806 Base Module Renewal Part Catalo
196. essaging on DeviceNet 6 9 Explicit Messaging with ControlLogix Setting Up the MSG Instruction The ControlLogix platform requires significantly less structure to initiate an explicit message The explicit message Request and Response is configured within the MSG function The MSG function can be found in the Input Output tab of RSLogix 5000 Notice that in the ControlLogix program example rung 6 is the only required logic to complete the explicit message request MSG Message Message Control 1 A tag name must be given to the MSG function before the rest of the information can be defined In this example a tag was created with the name explicit_mess After the instruction has been named click on the gray box __ to define the rest of the instruction The following example shows the exact data format to perform a Get Attribute Single request This message will specifically access parameter 104 Average Current See Table 6 6 on page 6 4 for additional configurations Figure 6 3 Message Configuration Message Configuration explicit_mess 3 x Configuration Communication Tag Message Type CIP Generic Service Get Attribute Single Saurce Element v Type Source Length ai Bytes Service ET z Code E laa Gess qu Gas Destination Element fexplicit_dete v New Tag Instance 104 Attribute 1 Hex O Enable Enable Waiting Start 2 Done Done Length 0 O Error Code
197. et 0x0004 Assembly 0x0005 Connection 0x0008 Discrete Input Point 0x0009 Discrete Output Point 0x000F Parameter Object 0x0010 Parameter Group Object 0x001D Discrete Input Group 0x001E Discrete Output Group 0x0029 Control Supervisor 0x002B Acknowledge Handler 0x00B4 DN Interface Object Identity Object CLASS CODE The following class attributes are supported for the Identity Object 0x0001 Table C 4 Identity Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get UINT 1 Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 3 Identity Object A single instance of the Identity Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table C 5 Identity Object Instance Attributes s Mie jor Name Data Type Value 1 Get Vendor UINT 1 2 Get Device Type UINT 22 3 Get Product Code UINT See Table C 1 Revision Structure of 4 Get Major Revision USINT Indicates Software Firmware Minor Revision USINT Revision Number Bit 0 0 not owned 1 owned by master Bit 2 0 Factory Defaulted 1 Configured 5 Get Status WORD Bit 8 Minor Recoverable fault Bit 9 Minor Unrecoverable fault Bit 10 Major Recoverable fault Bit 11 Major Unrecoverable fault 6 Get Serial Number UDINT Unique Number for Each Device Product Name Structure of 7 Get String Length USINT Product code specific ASCII String STRING See Table C 1 Returns the value 8 Get State USINT 3 Operational Configurat
198. et Group 2 Poll Response msgs Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 12 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Multicast Poll Response messages 94 Zone 1 Key When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 1 95 Zone 2 Key When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 2 96 Zone 3 Key When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 3 97 Zone 4 Key When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 4 98 Device Value Key This value is produced in the last 2 bytes of data when one of the ZIP assemblies is chosen for data production 99 Zone Ctrl Enable Global enable for ZIP peer to peer messaging This parameter must be disabled before any changes to the ZIP configuration for the device can be made 0 Disable 1 Enable ArmorStart ZIP Configuration 8 3 Data Production Data Consumption Mapping Consumed Data to the DeviceLogix Data Table In a typical ZIP system each device on the network automatically produces IO
199. et Voltage Parameter Number 21 Access Rule GET This parameter provides the Data Type UINT voltage measurement for the DeviceNet DeviceNet network Group kid Units Xx Xx Volts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 6500 Default Value 0 Starter Protection Group Breaker Type Parameter Number 22 Access Rule GET SET This parameter identifies the Data Type BOOL Bulletin 140M used in this product Group Starter Protection 0 2 140M D8N C10 Units 1 140M D8N C25 Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 0 1 0 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters 3 11 Reset Mode Parameter Number 23 Access Rule GET SET This parameter configures the Data Type BOOL Protection Fault reset mode Group Starter Protection 0 Manual Units 1 Automatic Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Pr Fault Enable Parameter Number 24 Access Rule GET SET This parameter enables the Data Type WORD Protection Fault by setting the bit to 1 Group Starter Protection Setup Units E Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 12419 Bit Function 1312 11 10 9 8 7 5 43 2 0 aie aS EN Short Circuit zum Overload e ILE X Phase Loss EE Reserved pn e aa X Reserved exe ecrire pne X
200. eter 210 Parameter 211 Anlg In 0 10V Lo Sets the analog input level that corresponds to parameter 135 Maximum Freq if a 0 10V input is used by parameter 138 Speed Reference Analog inversion can be accomplished by setting this value smaller than parameter 210 Anlg In 0 10V Lo Anlg In4 20MA LO This parameter is not available for use with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Anlg In4 20 mA HI This parameter is not available for use with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Anlg In 0 10V Hi Parameter Number 211 Related Parameter 121 135 138 222 223 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 100 0 Default Value 0 0 Parameter Number 212 Parameter Number 213 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 47 Slip Hertz FLA Parameter Number 214 Compensates for the inherent slip in an induction motor This frequency is added to Related Parameter 133 the commanded output frequency based on motor current Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Hz Maximum Value 10 0 Hz Default Value 2 0 Hz Process Time Lo Parameter Number 215 Scales the time value when the drive is running at Parameter 134 Minimum Freq Related Parameters 1
201. etimes referred to as input and output assemblies define the format of I O message data that is exchanged between the ArmorStart and other devices on the network The consumed information is generally used to command the state of its outputs and produced information typically contains the state of the inputs and the current fault status of the device The default consumed and produced assemblies are shown below for additional formats refer to Appendix B page B 1 The ArmorStart default configuration varies depending on the type of starter Choosing the size and format of the I O data that is exchanged by the ArmorStart is done by choosing a consumed assembly instance number This instance number is written to the Consumed IO Assy parameter The different instances formats allow user programming flexibility and network optimization Important The Consumed and Produced IO Assy parameter values can not be changed while the ArmorStart is online with a scanner Any attempts to change the value of this parameter while online with a scanner will result in the error message Object State Conflict Using Automap feature with default Input and Output 1 0 Assemblies Bulletin 2806 2816 Default Input and Output 1 0 Assembly Formats Bulletin 280G 281G DeviceNet Commissioning 5 7 The Automap feature available in all Rockwell Automation scanners will automatically map the information as shown below If manual mapping is not requi
202. ety Power Control and Terminals ETAIL A LE 2 000 Table 2 3 Power Control Safety Monitor and Ground Terminal Designations Terminal Designations of Poles Description SM1 2 Safety 1 0 Input SM2 2 Safety 1 0 Input A1 2 Control Power Input A2 2 Control Power Common PE 2 Ground 1 L1 2 Line Power Phase A 3 L3 2 Line Power Phase B 5 L5 2 Line Power Phase C Installation and Wiring 2 27 Safety Terminal Designations As shown in the next figure the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Continued contains terminals for power safety I O inputs control and ground wiring Access can be gained by removing the terminal access cover plate Figure 2 23 Bulletin 281G ArmorStart Safety Power Control and Terminals DETAIL A SCALE 2 000 Table 2 4 Power Control Safety Monitor and Ground Terminal Designations Terminal Designations No of Poles Description SM1 2 Safety 1 0 Input SM2 2 Safety 1 0 Input Al 2 Control Power Input A2 2 Control Power Common PE 2 Ground 1 1 2 Line Power Phase A 3 L3 2 Line Power Phase B 2 4 Line Power Phase 2 28 Installation and Wiring Safety Terminal Designations As shown in the next figure the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Continued contains terminals for power safety I O inputs control and ground wiring Access can be gained by removing the terminal access cover plate Figure 2 24
203. ev Ready reserved reserved reserved User In 1 User In 2 User In 3 User In 4 HOA 140M Stat reserved reserved Tripped Warning Running Fwd Running Rev Ready reserved reserved reserved User In 1 User In 2 User In 3 User In 4 HOA 140M Stat reserved reserved ArmorStart ZIP Configuration 8 11 ZIP 32 Zone 3 ZIP 33 Zone 3 ZIP 34 Zone 3 ZIP 35 Zone 3 ZIP 36 Zone 3 ZIP 37 Zone 3 ZIP 38 Zone 3 ZIP 39 Zone 3 ZIP 40 Zone 3 ZIP 41 Zone 3 ZIP 42 Zone 3 ZIP 43 Zone 3 ZIP 44 Zone 3 ZIP 45 Zone 3 ZIP 46 Zone 3 ZIP 47 Zone 3 ZIP 48 Zone 4 ZIP 49 Zone 4 ZIP 50 Zone 4 ZIP 51 Zone 4 ZIP 52 Zone 4 ZIP 53 Zone 4 ZIP 54 Zone 4 ZIP 55 Zone 4 ZIP 56 Zone 4 ZIP 57 Zone 4 ZIP 58 Zone 4 ZIP 59 Zone 4 ZIP 60 Zone 4 ZIP 61 Zone 4 ZIP 62 Zone 4 ZIP 63 Zone 4 Tripped Warning Running Fwd Running Rev Ready reserved reserved reserved User In 1 User In 2 User In 3 User In 4 HOA 140M Stat reserved reserved Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 Input 8 Input 9 reserved reserved reserved reserved Logic Ena reserved 8 12 ArmorStart amp ZIP Configuration Finding ZIP bits in the DeviceLogix The 64 ZIP bits are available for use in DeviceLogix programs in the Editor list of Network Input Points Function Block Editor File Edit View Communications Tools Help amp
204. evel 0 Off 1 ON Value set in Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries is exceeded D Nada HIM Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries is not enabled A non resettable fault has occurred 21 NonRec Fault EM Brake is energized Program Parameter 260 EM Brk Off Delay and Parameter 262 EM Brk On Delay for 22 EM Dr Snu desired action 159 Opto Out1 Level 162 Opto Out2 Level Sets the trip point for the digital output relay if the value of Parameter 158 Opto Out1 Sel or Parameter 161 Opto Out2 Sel is 6 7 8 10 16 17 18 or 20 Parameters 158 and 161 Parameters 159 and 161 Setting Min Max 6 0 400 Hz 7 0 180 8 0 815V 10 0 100 16 0 1 9999 sec 17 1 9999 counts 18 1 180 20 0 1 Opto Out Logic Determines the logic Normally Open N O or Normally Closed N C of the opto outputs Option Opto Outi Logic Opto Out2 Logic 0 N O Normally Open N O Normally Open 1 N C Normally Closed N O Normally Open 2 N O Normally Open N C Normally Closed 3 N C Normally Closed N C Normally Closed Parameter Number 159 162 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value 0 0 Parameter Number 164 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 0 Analog Out Sel Sets the analog output signal 0 1
205. evice The user of the device can use this example as a guide in developing their own programs Below is the RSNetWorx view of the simple network used in this example Figure 6 1 Simple Network 1756 DNB A ArmorStart 1784 PCIDS ls DeviceMet Scanner To assist in the development of the example the network will consist only of the ArmorStart and scanner Therefore the only mapped information in the scanner will be the ArmorStart Refer to Chapter 5 DeviceNet Commissioning for assistance in mapping 6 2 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Programming the 1747 SLC 1 0 Mapping The following example will utilize the Standard Distributed Motor Controller and the factory default input and output assembly of 160 and 161 Refer to Appendix B Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information for additional assembly formats The default input and output assemblies are shown in the table below with the corresponding data size Table 6 1 Message Type 1 0 Assembly Data Size bytes Instance 160 Consumed output 1 Rx Instance 161 Produced input 2 Tx If a different I O assembly is selected the data size may change It is important to understand that the I O assembly selected here will directly affect the input and output mapping in the scanner s scanlist and the amount of Programmable Logic Controller PLC memory reserved for this information Table 6 2 Example SLC Input Addressing Produced Assembly Insta
206. f 13849 1 Note 2 The SM feedback logic should be implemented only after a safety related stop for the Bulletin 280 281 controllers It should be ignored during normal operation One of the series contactors is used for the normal stop start function for these controllers Therefore a malfunctioning contactor circuit cannot be distinguished from a normal running state Refer to Publication SAFETY ATO18 for programming examples 6 Safety 1 0 Module and T V Requirements Safety Related Specifications Maintenance and Internal Part Replacement Component Response Time Component Response Time ms 1732DS IB8X0BV4 See Publication 1732DS IN001 Bulletin 280 20 40 Bulletin 281 20 40 Bulletin 284 8 12 Probability of Dangerous Failure per hour and MTTF for Uncontrolled Stop ArmorStart Safety Controller used in Average probability of IN MTTFd Combination of ArmorStart Safety Years dangerous failure per hour Related Parts y 1 h Bulletin 280 100 5 7E 9 Bulletin 281 100 6 0E 9 Bulletin 284 100 6 0E 9 The ArmorStart Safety controllers do not have any internal maintenance procedures or internal replacement parts Refer to the 1732DS IB8XOBV4 safety module documentation for maintenance requirements pertaining to it It is recommended that the operation of the 1732DS IB8XOBV4 safety module and the ArmorStart output contactor circuits be verified once per year by performing the contacto
207. fferent points during adjustment of the PID Gains Figure H 1 Unstable PID Reference PID Feedback Time Figure H 2 Slow Response Over Damped PIB Reference idus PID Feedback Time Figure H 3 Oscillation Under Damped PID Reference L M PID Feedback Time Figure H 4 Good Response Critically Damped PID Reference PID Feedback Time Appendix Step Logic Basic Logic and Timer Counter Functions Four Bulletin 284G ArmorStart logic functions provide the capability to program simple logic functions without a separate controller e Step Logic Function Steps through up to eight preset speeds based on programmed logic Programmed logic can include conditions that need to be met from digital inputs programmed as Logic In1 and Logic In2 before stepping from one preset speed to the next A timer is available for each of the eight steps and is used to program a time delay before stepping from one preset speed to the next The status of a digital output can also be controlled based on the step being executed e Basic Logic Function Up to two digital inputs can be programmed as Logic In1 and or Logic In2 A digital output can be programmed to change state based on the condition of one or both inputs based on basic logic functions such as AND OR NOR The basic logic functions can be used with or without step logic Timer Function A digital
208. g If the fault persists replace control module DB Open Fault A DB Open fault is issued when Bus Voltage is greater than the DB Voltage Level and no DB resistor current has been detected If 5 consecutive samples of Drive Bus Voltage greater than the DB Level is detected along with no DB resistor current flow then an open DB fault is recorded This fault is intended to notify the customer of an open DB resistor or open wire The fault is disabled when the DB Resistor Setup parameter 82 is Disabled Troubleshooting DB monitor expected to see current flow and measured none Likely cause is an open DB resistor loose DB resistor connector or open wire in DB cable Check DB cable connector for tightness If problem persists remove DB resistor cable connector from unit and check DB resistance If DB resistor is open replace DB resistor Otherwise replace control module Troubleshooting 10 9 DB Thermal Warning A DB Thermal Warning is issued if the predicted future resistor body temperature is greater than the Max DB resistor temperature x DB Thermal Warning Percent Troubleshooting None DB resistor thermal value has exceeded the preset threshold of 9096 of thermal value DB VBus Link Fault For proper operation the DB1 monitors parameters from the Drive internally inside the ArmorStart If the internal communications to the drive is lost then this fault is issued Since the DB1 can no longer provide resistor p
209. g Structure 2800 N 10 RG Bulletin Number __ 280 Starter Communications D DeviceNet G with six inputs Enclosure Type F Type 4 IP67 N Base Only No Control Module Line Connection RG ArmorConnect Power Media Short Circuit Protection Bul 140M 10 25 10 A Rated Device 25 A Rated Device Base Module Renewal Part Product Selection Table 6 3 Bul 280G Full Voltage Starters amp Bul 281G Reversing Starters IP67 NEMA Type 4 Up to 460V AC with ArmorConnect Connectivity Current Rating Cat No A 400V AC 460V AC 50 Hz 60 Hz 0 5 2 5 0 75 1 280G FN 10 RG 1 1 5 5 22 3 280G FN 10 RG 3 2 16 7 5 10 280G FN 25 RG Renewal Parts 6 3 Figure G 3 Bulletin 2806 2816 Safety Control Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 280 G F 128 N B RG Bulletin Number T T 280 Full Voltage Starter 281 Reversing Starter Communications D DeviceNet G with six inputs Motor Connection Enclosure RG Round F Type 4 IP67 Overload Selection Contactor Size Control Voltage Current Range B 0 5 2 5 24V DC C 1 1 5 5 A 12D D 3 2 16 A 23D Control Module N Control Module Only Control Module Renewal Part Product Selection Table G 4 Full Voltage Starters IP67 NEMA Type 4 Up to 460V AC kW Hp Cat No Current Rating A MEME NES
210. gnostics 9 3 Short Circuit Short Circuit indicates that the Bulletin 140M motor protector has tripped or that the internal wiring protection algorithm has detected an unsafe current surge This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 1 blink pattern Overload Trip The load has drawn excessive current and based on the overload trip class selected the device has tripped This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 2 blink pattern Phase Loss Indicates a missing supply phase This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default The Fault LED will flash a 3 blink pattern Phase Short Indicates the drive has detected a phase short This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 3 blink pattern Ground Fault Indicates the drive has detected a ground fault This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 4 blink pattern Stall Indicates the drive has detected a stall condition indicating the motor has not reached full speed This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED will flash a 5 blink pattern Control Power Indicates a loss of control power voltage or a blown control power fuse This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default The Fault LED will flash a 6 blink pattern 1 0 Fault This error can indicate a shorted sensor shorted input device or input wiring mistakes This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default The Fault LED will flash a 7 blink pattern
211. iated Emissions EMC immunity levels Electrostatic Discharge 4 kV contact and 8 kV Air Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field 10 V m Fast Transient 2kV Surge Transient 1 kV L L 2 kV L N Earth Overload Characteristics 0 5 2 5 A Overload Current Range 1 1 5 5 A 3 2 16 A Trip Classes 10 15 20 Trip Rating 120 of FLC setting 3 Number of poles DeviceNet Specifications DeviceNet Supply Voltage Rating Range 11 25V DC 24V DC Nominal DeviceNet Input Current 167 mA 24V DC 4 0 W 364 mA 11V DC 4 0 W External Devices powered by DeviceNet Sensors Inputs 6 50 mA total 300 mA Total w max Sensor Inputs 6 367 mA 24V DC 8 8 W DeviceNet Input Current Surge 15 A for 250 us DeviceNet Communications Baud Rates 125 250 500 kbps Distance Maximum 500 m 1630 ft 125 kbps 200 m 656 ft 250 kbps 100 m 328 ft 500 kbps Motor Cable 10 AWG for all motor sizes Certifications cULus File No E3125 UL 508 EN IEC 60947 4 1 CE Marked per Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Specifications A 3 Bulletin 280G 281G Continued Figure A 1 External Connections for Input Connector 9 Figure A 2 External Connections for Motor Connector 460V AC 0 9 Figure A 3 External Connections for DeviceNet Connector Figure A
212. ic In2 is Not Active Step if Logic In2 is Active and Logic In1 is Not Active Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In1 is Active Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In2 is Active Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In1 is Not Active Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In2 is Not Active gt Oo CO NI OD oy AJ Ce rm Do Not Stop Ignore Digit 2 Settings Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 57 A250 Stp Logic Time 0 A251 Stp Logic Time 1 A252 Stp Logic Time 2 A253 Stp Logic Time 3 A254 Stp Logic Time 4 A255 Stp Logic Time 5 A256 Stp Logic Time 6 A257 Stp Logic Time 7 Sets the time to remain in each step if the corresponding StpLogic command is set to Step after Time EM Brk Off Delay Sets the time the drive will remain at minimum frequency before ramping to the commanded frequency and energizing the brake coil relay when Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set to option 8 or 9 Frequency Minimum Freq gt 260 EM Brk Off Delay 3 cr Q E gt a Start EM Brk Commanded Energized Off EM Brk On Delay Sets the time the drive will remain at minimum frequency before stopping and de energizing the brake coil relay when Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set to option 8 or 9 Time Parameter Number 250 257 Related Parameters 138 155 158 161 171 177 240 24
213. ic Time 4 245 Stp Logic 5 175 Preset Freq 5 255 Stp Logic Time 5 246 Stp Logic 6 176 Preset Freq 6 256 Stp Logic Time 6 247 Stp Logic 7 177 Preset Freq 7 257 Stp Logic Time 7 How Step Logic Works The step logic sequence begins with a valid start command A normal sequence always begins with 240 Stp Logic 0 Digit 0 Logic For Next Step This digit defines the logic for the next step When the condition is met the program advances to the next step Step 0 follows Step 7 Example Digit 0 is set 3 When Logic In2 becomes active the program advances to the next step Digit 1 Logic to Jump to a Different Step For all settings other than F when the condition is met the program overrides Digit 0 and jumps to the step defined by Digit 2 Digit 2 Different Step to Jump When the condition for Digit 1 is met the Digit 2 setting determines the next step or to end the program Digit 3 Step Settings This digit defines what accel decel profile the speed command will follow and the direction of the command for the current step In addition if a relay or opto output Parameters 155 158 and 161 is set to 15 StpLogic Out this parameter can control the status of that output Any Step Logic parameter can be programmed to control a relay or opto output but you cannot control different outputs based on the condition of different Step Logic commands Step Logic Settings The logic for each function is determin
214. ices Implemented for Service Code Service Name Instance OxOE Get Attribute Single 0x10 Set Attribute Single 26 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information Notes Appendix C Electronic Data Sheets VFD Type Product Codes and Name Strings Bulletin 284G CIP Information Electronic Data Sheets EDS files are specially formatted ASCII files that provide all of the information necessary for a configuration tool e g RSNetWorx for DeviceNet Revision 3 21 Service Pack 2 or later to access and alter parameters of the device The EDS file contains all of the device information number of parameter groupings parameter name minimum maximum and default values units data format and scaling EDS files for all the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers units are available from the Internet at www ab com networks eds They may also be built automatically by some configuration tools since much of the information necessary for an EDS file may be extracted from the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Product codes for the Bulletin 284G variable frequency drives are based on the Horse Power Rating and Supply Voltage rating of the Distributed Motor Controller Table C 1 lists the product codes and name strings for the Bulletin 284G Distributed Motor Controllers Table C 1 Bulletin 284G Product Codes and Name Strings aaah Product Devic
215. ight Female Mini Straight Male 1485G P w5 Z5 1485C P9N5 M5 Mini Straight Female Mini Right Angle Male 1485C PS9ws N5 Mini Right Angle Female Mini Straight Male 1485 5 75 Mini Right Angle Female Mini Straight Male 1485C P9ws 75 Length m ft Cat No 1m 3 3 193 DNCT 1m 3 3 193 CB1 1m 3 3 193 CM1 193 DNCT BZ1 See the On Machine Connectivity catalog for complete cable selection information Replace symbol with desired length in meters Example 1485G P1N5 M5 for a 1 m cable Standard cable lengths 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m and 6 m Replace symbol with desired length in meters Example 1485C P1N5 M5 for a 1 m cable Standard cable lengths 1 m 2 m 4m 5m 6m 8 m 10 m 12 m 18 m 24 m and 30 m 2 Accessories Table E 2 Sensor Media Description Pin Count Connector Cat No CU Straight Female e Straight Male 889D FAACDM Kf Input 5 Pin Sh Straight Female Us Right Angle Male DC Micro Patchcord Straight Female 879D FAACDM 9 j gt nj Input 5 pin Right Angle Male 879D RAACM 9 DC Micro V Cable Straight Female e Straight Male 889R FSAERM Output 3 pin Straight Female e Right Angle Male 899R FOAERE AC Micro Patchcord See Publication M116 CA001A EN P for complete cable selection information Replace symbol with desired length in meters Example 889D F4ACD
216. imensions are subject to change Figure 2 13 Dimensions for 2 Hp 1 5 kW and below 460V AC IP67 NEMA Type 4 with ArmorConnect connectivity 30 5 1 201 236 91 268 D 110 551 9 1321 1 r uma d d L gr I HI I q gt o n 0 H o i Gb gt amp 0 A 0 per 31 2 18 Installation and Wiring Dimensions for Bulletin 284G Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not Safety Product Continued intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 14 Dimensions for 3 Hp 2 2 kW and 5 Hp 3 0 kW and below 460V AC IP67 NEMA Type 4 with ArmorConnect connectivity 1e
217. imum Value 0 0 99 9 ME Setting of 99 9 Continuous Default Value 0 0 Parameter Number 181 Related Parameters 137 180 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value Drive rated amps X 1 8 Default Value Drive rated amps X 0 05 Ramp lo Slop Mode DC Brake Lew DC injection Braking Mode DC Brake Level Time Sbp Command Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 37 DB Resistor Sel Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables external dynamic braking Setting Min Max 0 Disabled 1 Normal RA Res 5 Duty Cycle 2 No Protection 10096 Duty Cycle 3 99 x Duty Cycle Limited 3 99 of Duty Cycle S Curve 96 Sets the percentage of acceleration or deceleration time that is applied to ramp as S Curve Time is added half at the beginning and half at the end of the ramp Figure 4 2 Example Accel Time 10 Seconds 5 Curve Setting 50 5 Curve Time 10 Total Time 10 5 15 Seconds Boost Select Sets the boost voltage of Parameter 131 Motor NP Volts and redefines the Volts per Hz curve Active when Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode OV Hz Drive may add additional voltage unless Option 5 is selected See Table 4 6 for details 0 5 2 5 Seconds Parameter Number 182 Related Parameters 137 Access Rule GET SET Dat
218. imumValue 0 time out and Zone 2 Health will report 1 Not Healthy Maximum vale 69939 Default Value 75 Zone 3 EPR Parameter Number 88 Access Rule GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in Data Type UNIT msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is Group ZIP Parameters not received in 4 times this Units msec value the zone connection will MinimumValue 0 time out and Zone 3 Health Maximum Value 65535 will report 1 Not Healthy Default Value 75 Zone 4 EPR Parameter Number 89 Access Rule GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in Data Type UNIT msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is Group ZIP Parameters not received in 4 times this Units msec value the zone connection will MinimumValue 0 time out and Zone 4 Health Maximum Value 65535 will report 1 Not Healthy Default Value 75 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters 3 21 Zone 1 Control Parameter Number 90 Zone 1 Control Word Default Access Rule GET SET Bit 0 and Bit 1 set all other bits Clear Data Type BYTE BitO Security Enable 1 Enable data security Group ZIP Parameters 05 Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Units mE Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll MinimumValue 0 Response msgs Bit3 Strobe Cnxn Maximum Value 255 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages Zone 2 Control
219. ing 1 8 m 6 ft and installed in a good workman like manner Equipment grounding for the utilization equipment shall be provided by an equipment grounding conductor within the cable Historically cable meeting these crush and impact requirements were designated and marked Open Wiring Cable so marked is equivalent to the present Type TC ER and can be used While the ArmorStart is intended for installation in factory floor environments of industrial establishments the following must be taken into consideration when locating the ArmorStart in the application Cables including those for control voltage including 24V DC and communications are not to be exposed to an operator or building traffic on a continuous basis Location of the ArmorStart to minimize exposure to continual traffic is recommended If location to minimize traffic flow is unavoidable other barriers to minimize inadvertent exposure to the cabling should be considered Routing cables should be done in such a manner to minimize inadvertent exposure and or damage Additionally if conduit or other raceways are not used it is recommended that strain relief fittings be utilized when installing the cables for the control and power wiring through the conduit openings The working space around the ArmorStart may be minimized as the ArmorsStart does not require examination adjustment servicing or maintenance while energized In lieu of this service the ArmorStart is meant
220. input can be programmed for Timer Start A digital output can be programmed as a Timer Out with an output level programmed to the desired time When the timer reaches the time programmed into the output level the output will change state The timer can be reset via a digital input programmed as Reset Timer e Counter Function A digital input can be programmed for Counter In digital output can be programmed as Counter Out with an output level programmed to the desired number of counts When the counter reaches the count programmed into the output level the output will change state The counter can be reset via a digital input programmed as Reset Counter 1 2 Step Logic Basic Logic and Timer Counter Functions Step Logic Using Timed Steps To activate this function set Parameter 138 Speed Reference to 6 Stp Logic Three parameters are used to configure the logic speed reference and time for each step Logic is defined using Parameters 240 247 Stp Logic x e Preset Speeds are set with Parameters 170 177 Preset Freq x e Time of operation for each step is set with Parameters 250 257 Stp Logic Time x The direction of motor rotation can be forward or reverse Figure 1 1 Using Timed Steps Step0 Step1 Step2 Step3 Step4 Step5 Step6 Step7 2 Forward 0b Reverse Time Step Logic Sequence e Sequence begins with a valid start command e A normal sequence begins with Step 0 and trans
221. ion Inc Rights Reserved Printed in USA Supercedes Publication 280G UM001C EN P February 2010
222. ion May be used to control the relay or opto outputs 19 Counter In Starts the counter function May be used to control the relay or opto outputs 20 Reset Timer Clears the active timer 21 Reset Countr Clears the active counter 22 Rset Tim amp Cnt Clear active timer and counter 23 Logic Int Logic Function input number 1 May be used to control the relay or opto outputs see Parameters 155 158 161 options 11 14 May be used in conjunction with Step Logic Parameters 240 247 Stp Logic X 24 Logic In2 Logic Function input number 1 May be used to control the relay or opto outputs see Parameters 155 158 161 options 11 14 May be used in conjunction with Step Logic Parameters 240 247 Stp Logic X 25 Current Lmt2 When active Parameter 218 Current Limit 2 determines the drive current limit level 26 Invert Inverts the scaling of analog input levels set in parameter 210 Anlg In 0 10V LO and parameter 211 Anlg In 0 10 HI 4 30 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 155 Relay Out Sel Parameter Number 155 Sets the condition that changes the state of the output relay contacts Related Parameters p D aoe Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 22 Default Value 22 Table 4 3 Options Description 0 Ready Fault Relay changes stat
223. ion Unique value depending on 9 Get Consistency UINT output of the parameter Value checksum algorithm 10 Get Set Heartbeat Interval USINT In seconds Default 0 The following common services are implemented for the Identity Object Table C 6 Identity Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x05 No Yes Reset 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single Message Router CLASS CODE No class or instance attributes are supported The message router 0x0002 object exists only to rout explicit messages to other objects C 4 Bulletin 284G CIP Information DeviceNet Object CLASS CODE 0x0003 The following class attributes are supported for the DeviceNet Object Table C 7 DeviceNet Object Class Attributes Attribute ID 1 Access Rule Get Name Data Type Value UINT 2 Revision A single instance Instance 1 of the DeviceNet Object will be supported The following instance attributes are supported Table C 8 DeviceNet Object Instance Attributes Attribute Access ID Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Set Node Address USINT 0 63 0 125K 2 Get Set Baud Rate USINT 1 250K 2 500K Allocation Info Structure of Allocation byte 9 5 Get Allocation Choice BYTE 0 63 address Master Node Addr USINT 255 unallocated 8 Get MAC ID Switch Value BOOL 0 63 SeeTable C 9 Table C 9
224. is sets the percentage of the analog output desired Parameter Number 203 Parameter Number 204 Parameter Number 205 Related Parameters 115 137 206 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 206 Related Parameters 115 205 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 1 sec Maximum Value 60 0 sec Default Value 15 0 sec Parameter Number 207 Parameter Number 208 Parameter Number 209 Related Parameter 165 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 196 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 100 0 Default Value 0 0 4 46 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Anlg In 0 10V Lo Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the analog input level that corresponds to parameter 134 Minimum Freq if a 0 10V input is used by parameter 138 Speed Reference Anlg In 0 10V HI Stop drive before changing this parameter Figure 4 6 Parameter 135 Maximum Freq Parameter 134 Minimum Freq Parameter Number 210 Related Parameter 121 134 138 222 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 196 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 100 0 Default Value 0 0 Param
225. iseconds Get 2 Retry Limit 1 3 Get COS Producing Connection 4 Instance The following common services are implemented for the Acknowledge Handler Object Table B 55 Acknowledge Handler Common Services Implemented for Service Code Service Name Instance OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single 24 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information Overload Object CLASS CODE 0x002c No class attributes are supported for the Overload Object A single instance instance 1 of the Overload Object is supported for Bulletin 280G 281G Table B 56 Overload Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Gus FLASetting BOOL xx Amps 1210 4 Get Set Trip Class USINT 2 15 3 20 5 Get Average Current UINT Amps 7 Get Thermal Utilized USINT xxx FLA 8 Get Current L1 UINT Amps 9 Get Current L2 UINT Amps 10 Get Current L3 UINT Amps 190 Get Set FLA Setting Times 10 BOOL Xxx x Amps 192 Get Avg Current Times 10 UINT Amps 193 Get Current L1 Times 10 UINT 194 Get Current L2 Times 10 UINT Amps 195 Get Current L3 Times 10 UINT The following common services are implemented for the Overload Object Table B 57 Acknowledge Handler Object Common Services Implemented for Service Code Service Name Instance OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribut
226. it 8 reserved Bit 9 DN Warning Bits 10 12 reserved Bit 13 HW Warning Bits 14 15 reserved 124 Get Set Trip Enable WORD Bit enumerated trip enable word 130 Get Set Trip Reset Mode BOOL 0 manual 1 auto 131 Get Set Trip Reset Level USINT 0 100 default 75 Bit 0 IP67 151 Get Base Enclosure WORD Bits 1 15 reserved Bit 0 reserved Bit 1 reserved Bit 2 Fuse Detect 152 Get Base Options WORD Bits 3 7 reserved Bit 8 10A Base Bit 9 25A Base Bit 10 15 reserved Bit 0 reserved 153 Get Wiring Options WORD Bit Bit 2 28xG Gland Bits 3 15 reserved Bit 0 IP67 154 Get Starter Enclosure WORD Bits 1 15 reserved Bit 0 Full Keypad 155 Get Starter Options WORD Bit 1 Safety Monitor Bits 2 15 reserved 156 Get Last Pr Trip UINT See Parameter 61 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information B 23 Acknowledge Handler Object CLASS CODE 0x002b The following common services are implemented for the Control Supervisor Object Table B 53 Control Supervisor Object Common Services Implemented for Service Code Service Name Instance OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single No class attributes are supported for the Acknowledge Handler Object A single instance instance 1 of the Acknowledge Handler Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table B 54 Acknowledge Handler Instance Attributes Get Set Acknowledge Timer UINT mill
227. it Reset Jog Start Stop FreqSelect FreqSelect Freq Decel Decel Accel Accel T 1 MOP Dee vg 2 2 1 2 1 2 Comm Frequency Command Low 3 Comm Frequency Command High Bulletin 284G CIP Information Table C 33 Logic Command Accel 2 Accel 1 Description 0 0 No Command 0 1 Accel 1 Enable 1 0 Accel 2 Enable 1 1 Hold Accel Rate Selected Decel 2 Decel 1 0 0 No Command 0 1 Decel 1 Enable 1 0 Decel 2 Enable 1 1 Hold Decel Rate Selected Freq Select 3 Freq Select 2 Freq Select 1 0 0 0 No Command 0 0 1 Freq Source P136 Start Source 0 1 0 Freq Source P169 Internal Freq 0 1 1 Freq Source Comms 1 0 0 P170 Preset Freq 0 1 0 1 P171 Preset Freq 1 1 1 0 P172 Preset Freq 2 1 1 1 P173 Preset Freq 3 Power Flex Native Produced Assembly Instance 171 is the Power Flex Native Format Produced Assembly Table C 34 Instance 171 PowerFlex Native Format Produced Assembly Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Faulted Alarm Deceling Acceling Rot Fwd n Running Ready Drvin4 Drvin3 Param Ctl fm 1 Stat Stat Drv In 2 Stat Drvin 1 Locked Net Ref fm Net At Ref 2 Drive Error Code low 3 Drive Error Code high Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 13 Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 No class attributes are supported for the Connection Object Multiple instances of the Connectio
228. ith ArmorConnect Connectivity Output Input Voltage Current Cat No 380 480V 0 4 2 2 0 5 3 0 1 4 4 0A 280G FN 10 RG 50 60 Hz 3 Phase 3 0 5 0 6 0 7 6A 280G FN 25 RG Renewal Parts 6 7 Figure G 7 Bulletin 284G Safety Control Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 284 D F V D2P3 S N RG Option1 Option2 Option 3 Bulletin pe Number Communications D DeviceNet Enclosure Type F Type 4 IP67 Torque Performance Mode v Sensorless Vector Control Volts per Hz Output Current Output Code Current Hp 480V Drive D1P4 1 4 0 4 0 5 D2P3 2 3 0 75 1 D4P0 4 1 5 2 D6PO 6 2 2 3 D7PO 7 6 4 5 Option 3 EMI EMI Filter Control Module N Control Module Only Control Voltage S 24V DC Option 2 CB Control Brake Connector DB1 DB Brake Connector for IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor dm Option 1 Blank Status Only Motor Media Type RG Round Table G 9 Bulletin 284G Control Module with Sensorless Vector Control IP67 NEMA 4 Up to 600V Cat No Input Voltage kW Hp niin 120 V AC Control Voltage 0 4 0 5 1 4A 284G FVD1P4S N RG CB DB1 EMI 0 75 1 0 2 3A 284G FVD2P3S N RG CB DB1 EMI 380 480V 50 60 Hz 1 5 2 0 4 0 284G FVD4P0S N RG CB DB1 EMI 3 Phase 2 2 3 0 6 0A 284G FVD6P0S N RG CB DB1 EMI 3 0 5 0 76 284G FVD7P6S N RG CB DB1 EMI 6 8 Renewal Part
229. itionally based on the tap being not more than 25 feet NFPA 79 7 2 10 4 and Table 7 2 10 4 restrict the size reduction by the size of the branch circuit fuse size and tap conductor size For the above case we have used a 40 A time delay fuse NFPA 79 Table 7 2 10 4 indicates that the smallest tap conductor can be 12 AWG NEC Table 310 16 for wire ampacity allows 12 AWG 25 A to be used in all taps for this application See the final Group motor circuit design in the following figure 8 AWG motor branch trunk 12 AWG motor trunk tap conductors are permissible with 40A Time Delay fuse 14 AWG are permissible with 50A Inverse Time circuit breaker NFPA 79 Table 7 2 10 4 40A Time Delay or 50A Inverse Time CB Note the ArmorStart and motor cable are UL Listed together and supplied by Rockwell Automation Group Motor Installations D 5 If the Group motor design were carried out with the intent to use an inverse time circuit breaker from NEC Table 430 52 to the rules of NEC 430 53C we start with the largest motor 10 Hp and calculate 14A x 25096 2 35 A to this we add the FLC of the 5 Hp motor 7 6 A plus the other calculated drive currents for the motors controlled by the VFD ArmorStarts The calculated drive currents are given in the following table Motor Hp Motor FLC A Inverse Time CB Current A 10 14 35A 5 7 6 7 6A 2 3 4 4 89 1 2 1 3 15A 1 2 1 3 15A 1 2 1 3 15A Total
230. itions to the next step when the corresponding step logic time has expired e Step 7 is followed by Step 0 e Sequence repeats until a stop is issued or a fault condition occurs Step Logic Basic Logic and Timer Counter Functions 1 3 Step Logic Using Basic Logic Functions Frequency Logic In1 gt Logic In2 gt Frequency Logic In1 gt Logic In2 gt Digital input and digital output parameters can be configured to use logic to transition to the next step Logic Inl and Logic In2 are defined by programming Parameters 151 154 Digital Inx Sel to Option 23 Logic In1 or Option 24 Logic In2 Example e Step 0 e Transition to Step 1 when Logic Inl is true Logic senses the edge of Logic Inl when it transitions from Off to On Logic Inl is not required to remain On e Transition to Step 2 when both Logic In1 and Logic In2 are true The drive senses the level of both Logic In1 and Logic In2 and transitions to Step 2 when both are On Transition to Step 3 when Logic In2 returns to a false or Off state Inputs are not required to remain in the On condition except under the logic conditions used for the transition from Step 2 to Step 3 Figure 1 2 Start Step 0 Step 1 Step2 Step 3 Time The step time value and the basic logic may be used together to satisfy machine conditions For instance the step may need to run for a minimum time period and then use
231. k UINT 19 Base Link UINT 20 Offset Link UINT 21 Decimal Precision USINT Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 25 The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Object Table C 50 Parameter Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single 0x01 No Yes Get Attributes All Parameter Group Object CLASS The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object CODE 0x0010 Table C 51 Parameter Group Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Revision UINT Max Instance UINT Bulletin 284G Motor Starters have the following instances of the parameter group object Instance 1 2 DeviceLogix Parameters Instance 2 DeviceNet Parameters Instance 3 Starter Protection Parameters Instance 4 User I O Parameters Instance 5 2 Miscellaneous Instance 6 Drive DNet Instance 7 ZIP Parameters Instance 8 Basic Display Instance 9 Basic Program Instance 10 2 Advanced Program C 26 Bulletin 284G CIP Information The following instance attributes are supported for all parameter group instances Table C 52 Parameter Group Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Group Name String SHORT_STRING 2 Get Number of Members UINT 3 Get First Parameter UINT 4 Get Second Parameter UINT N Get Nth Parameter UINT The following common services are
232. kages until five are collected e A diverter arm redirects the group of five packages to a bundling area e The diverter arm returns to its original position and triggers a limit switch that resets the counter e Parameters are set to the following options e 151 Digital Inl Sel set to 19 to select Counter In e 152 Digital In2 Sel set to 21 to select Reset Counter e 155 Relay Out Sel set to 17 to select Counter Out e 156 Relay Out Level set to 5 0 counts Step Logic Basic Logic and Timer Counter Functions 1 5 Step Logic Parameters Digit 3 Digit 1 Digit 0 0 F 1 Setting Accel Decel Parameters Used Step Logic Output State Commanded Direction 0 1 Off FWD 1 1 Off REV 2 1 Off No Output 3 1 On FWD 4 1 On REV 5 1 On No Output 6 2 Off FWD 7 2 Off REV 8 2 Off No Output 9 2 On FWD 2 On REV b 2 On No Output Setting Logic 0 Jump to Step 0 1 Jump to Step 1 2 Jump to Step 2 3 Jump to Step 3 4 Jump to Step 4 5 Jump to Step 5 6 Jump to Step 6 7 Jump to Step 7 8 End Program Normal Stop 9 End Program Coast to Stop A End Program and Fault F2 Setting Description Logic 0 Skip Step jump immediately SKIP 1 Step based on the time programmed in the respective Stp Logic Time x parameter TIMED 2 Step if Logic In1 is active logically true TRUE 3 Step if Logic In2 is active logically true TRUE 4 Step if Logic In1 is not acti
233. l Parameter Help Statt honto Parameter Current Value Motor NP Volts 230 V Motor NP Hertz 60 Hz Motor OL Current 2 34 Minimum Freq 0 0 Hz Maximum Freq 60 Hz Start Source Comm Port Upload From Device Download Device Stop Mode Ramp CF Speed Reference Comm Port Accel Time 1 10 0 Sec Decel Time 1 10 0 Sec Reset To Defalts Ready Idle Reserved 0 b Cancel Apply DeviceNet Commissioning 5 11 193 DNCT Product Overview The 193 DNCT product is a handheld device that can be used to commission configure program and monitor other devices on a DeviceNet M network In addition the 193 DNCT can be used to upload store and later download complete device configurations for DeviceNet devices via the network The 193 DNCT also has the capability to present DeviceNet physical layer diagnostics and network bandwidth statistics to the user User Manual For additional information regarding the 193 DNCT refer to the User Manual 193 UM009 Bill of Material The 193 DNCT product package includes the following items Item Description Quantity 193 DNCT DeviceNet Configuration Terminal 1 193 CB1 1 m DNCT Cable with color coded bare leads 1 193 QR002 EN P DeviceNet Configuration Terminal Quick Reference 1 Accessories Description Catalog No 1 m DNCT Cable with color coded bare lead 193 CB1 1 m DNCT Cable with
234. longer present the fault will be reset and the drive will be restarted Non Resettable This type of fault may require drive or motor repair or is caused by wiring or programing errors The cause of the fault must be corrected before the fault can be cleared Automatically Clearing Faults Option Step Clear a Type 1 Fault and Restart the Drive 1 Set Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set Parameter 193 Auto Rstrt Delay to a value other than 0 Clear an Overvoltage Undervoltage or Heatsink OvrTmp Fault without Restarting the Drive 1 Set 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set 193 Auto Rstrt Delay to 0 Auto Restart Reset Run Troubleshooting 10 11 The Auto Restart feature provides the ability for the drive to automatically perform a fault reset followed by a start attempt without user or application intervention This allows remote or unattended operation Only certain faults are allowed to be reset Certain faults Type 2 that indicate possible drive component malfunction are not resettable Caution should be used when enabling this feature since the drive will attempt to issue its own start command based on user selected programming Table 10 5 Fault Types Descriptions and Actions No Fault pss Description Action F2 Auxiliary Input 1 Auxiliary input interlock is open 1 Check remote wiring 2 Verify communications
235. lt 6 Comm Port This option is the default setting 7 Clear Fault When active clears active fault 8 RampStop CF Causes drive to immediately ramp to stop regardless of how Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set 9 CoastStop CF Causes drive to immediately ramp to stop regardless of how Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set 10 DCInjStop CF Causes drive to immediately begin a DC Injection stop regardless of how Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set Jog Forward Drive accelerates to Parameter 178 Jog Frequency according to Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel and ramps to 11 Parameter 154 stop when input becomes inactive A valid start will override this command Default 12 Jog Reverse Drive accelerates to Parameter 1 78 Jog Frequency according to Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel and ramps to stop when input becomes inactive A valid start will override this command Option with Factory Installed option A10 0 10V Analog Input Selects 0 10V or 10V as the frequency 13 Tode reference Start source is not changed 14 20MA In Ctrl Option not valid for Bulletin 284G ArmorStart 15 PID Disable Disabled PID function Drive uses the next valid non PID speed reference 16 MOP Up Increases the value of Parameter 169 internal Freq at a rate 2 Hz per second Default of Parameter 169 is 60 Hz 17 MOP Down Decreases the value of Parameter 169 internal Freq at a rate 2 Hz per second Default of Parameter 169 is 60 Hz 18 Timer Start Clears and starts the timer funct
236. lusive Control In Exclusive Control the Speed Reference becomes 0 and the PID Output becomes the entire Freq Command Exclusive Control is used when Parameter 232 PID Ref Sel is set to option 1 2 3 or 4 This configuration does not require a master reference only a desired set point such as a flow rate for a pump PID Loop i PID Ref m gt PID Prop Gain PID PID Error aw Accel Decel Freq uu PID Integ Time Peu Ramp Command i gt PID Diff Rate PID Enabled Example e Ina pumping application the PID Reference equals the Desired System Pressure set point e The Pressure Transducer signal provides PID Feedback to the drive Fluctuations in actual system pressure due to changes in flow result in a PID Error value e The drive output frequency increases or decreases to vary motor shaft speed to correct for the PID Error value e The Desired System Pressure set point is maintained as valves in the system are opened and closed causing changes in flow When the PID Control Loop is disabled the Commanded Speed is the Ramped Speed Reference P PID ed Desired System Pressure PID Feedback Pressure Transducer Signal 2 PID Setup Trim Control In Trim Control the PID Output is added to the Speed Reference In Trim mode the output of the PID loop bypasses
237. m Value F122 Maximum Value F2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 109 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimum Value F122 Maximum Value F2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 110 Related Parameter 101 199 Access Rule GET Data Type LINT Group Display Group Units 0 01 1 Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only 4 22 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Control Source Displays the source of the Start Command and Speed Reference Valid Start Commands for the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart are the following 2 2 wire 3 2 wire Level Sensitive 4 2 wire High Speed 5 RS485 DSI Port 9 Jog Valid Speed Commands for the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart are the following 1 Internal Frequency 2 0 10V Input Remote Potentiometer 4 Preset Freq X 5 RS485 DSI port 6 Step Logic Control 9 Jog Freq Contri In Status Status of the control terminal block control inputs Bit 0 Start Run FWD input Bit 1 Direction Run REV Input Bit 2 Stop Input Bit 3 Dynamic Brake Transistor On Dig In Status Status of the control terminal block digital inputs Bit 0 Digital IN 1 Sel Bit 1 Digital IN 2 Sel Bit 2 Digital IN 3 Sel Bit 3 Digital IN 4 Sel Comm Status Status of communications ports Bit 0 Receiving Data Bit 1 Transmitting Data Bit 2 RS485 Bit 3 Communication Error Parameter Number
238. m its scanner output MO and discrete outputs to each node only when it is in the run mode This is accomplished by setting bit 0 of the 1747 SDN command word word 0 Scanner Run Bit C gt 0 1747 SDN Rung 1 If bit B3 0 0 is momentarily set the Run Fwd turns ON provided that a fault condition does not exist This will start the forward contactor Set output A ON 140M On Tripped Run Fwd B3 0 1 1 1 1 29 16 16 1747 50 1747 SDN 1747 SDN l6 1747 SDN Rung 2 Ifa fault warning exists the User Out B will be latched ON This can be used to signal the warning condition Warning User Out B I1 O 1 hk gt 17 23 1747 SDN 1747 SDN Rung 3 Ifa trip condition occurs the User Out A will be latched ON This can be used to signal the fault condition Tripped User Out A I1 0 1 CL 16 22 1747 SDN 1747 SDN Rung 4 If a trip condition exists momentarily setting B3 0 1 will reset the fault B3 0 0 will need to be re initiated to start the run Fwd contactor Reset Fault Tripped Fault Reset B3 0 I Ol S a 16 18 1747 SDN 1747 SDN Rung 5 The fault reset bit will unlatch the trip and warning User Out A and B bit Fault Reset User Out B 0 1 0 1 ME cu 18 23 1747 SDN 1747 SDN User Out A O 1 gt 22 1747 SDN Rung 6 Once Run Fwd is ON and a trip does not exist the timer will call the explicit message once every 10 seconds Run Fwd Tripped L1 T4 0 TON M c Timer On Delay CEN gt 16 16 DN Timer T4 0
239. mage it is recommended that the motor be disconnected from the load before proceeding If the Autotune routine fails an F80 SVC Autotune fault is displayed 4 52 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers IR Voltage Drop Value of volts dropped across the resistance of the motor stator Flux Current Ref Value of amps for full motor flux PID Trim Hi Sets the maximum positive value that is added to a PID reference when PID trim is used PID Trim Lo Sets the minimum positive value that is added to a PID reference when PID trim is used PID Ref Select Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables PID mode and selects the source of the PID reference Valid PID Ref Select for the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart are the following 0 PID Disable 1 PID Setpoint 4 Comm Port 5 Setpnt Trim 8 Comm Trim Parameter Number 228 Related Parameters 227 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1V AC Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 230 Default Value Based on Drive Rating Parameter Number 229 Related Parameter 227 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 01A Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value Motor NP Volts Default Value Based on Drive Rating Parameter Number 230 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group
240. meter Enables disables sensorless vector control operation 0 V Hz 1 Sensris Vect Motor NP FLA Set to the motor nameplate full load amps Parameter Number 224 Related Parameters 191 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 225 Related Parameters 184 185 186 187 227 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 226 Related Parameters 227 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value Drive rated amps Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 51 Autotune Stop drive before changing this parameter Provides an automatic method for setting Parameter 228 IR Voltage Drop and Parameter 229 Flux Current Ref which affect sensorless vector performance Parameter 226 Motor NP FLA must be set to the motor nameplate full load amps before running the Autotune procedure Provides an automatic method for setting A128 IR Voltage Drop and A129 Flux Current Ref which affect sensorless vector performance Parameter A126 Motor NP FLA must be set to the motor nameplate full load amps before running the Autotune procedure 0
241. microconnector male 193 CM1 Door mount bezel kit 193 DNCT BZ1 Mini Mini Micro Tee for connection to ArmorStart 1485P P1R5 MN5R1 5 pinconnector 1787 PLUG10R PURIA HIM The Bulletin 193 DeviceNet Configuration Terminal should only be used on a DeviceNet M network 5 12 DeviceNet Commissioning Currently selected item Tools Menu The Tools Menu gives the user access to the Node Commissioning screen a Class Instance Attribute editor and a graphical parameter chart recorder screen The Tools Menu is shown below Node Commissioning Pressing Enter while the NodeComm item is selected in the Tools Menu invokes the Node Commissioning screen Node commissioning allows the operator to change the Mac ID and or the baud rate for the currently selected device This only appears if one of the fields has been changed Pressing Enter here will reset the DeviceNet HIM after writing any changes to the device Logic Controller Application Example with Explicit Messaging Chapter 6 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet This chapter is designed to demonstrate programming and explicit message examples for both the SLC family of programmable controllers and ControlLogix family of programmable controllers The examples will show how to develop a program for simple control and use a simple explicit message to retrieve data that is not automatically acquired based on the input and output assembly of the d
242. mportant Parameter setting changes made in a configuration tool such as RSNetworx for DeviceNet do not take effect in the ArmorStart until the installer applies or downloads the new settings to the device 4 2 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Parameter Group Listing The Bulletin 284G ArmorStart contains ten parameter groups The parameters shown in the DeviceLogix DeviceNet Starter Protection User I O Misc Parameter Drive DeviceNet Display Group ZIP Parameters Basic Program and Advanced Program will be discussed in this chapter Table 4 1 Paramerer Group Listing DeviceLogix DeviceNet Starter Protection User 1 0 Miscellaneous Drive DeviceNet 1 Hdw Inputs 10 Autobaud Enable 22 Breaker Type 30 Off to On Delay 45 Keypad Mode 48 Drive Control 2 Network Inputs 11 Consumed 10 Assy 23 PrFitResetMode 31 On to Off Delay 46 Keypad Disable 49 Drvin PrFItState 3 Network Outputs 12 Produced IO Assy 24 Pr Fault Enable 32 In Sink Source 47 Set To Defaults 50 Drvin PrFitValue 4 Trip Status 13 Prod Assy Word 0 25 Pr Fault Reset 56 Base Enclosure 51 Drvin DNFItState 5 Starter Status 14 Prod Assy Word 1 26 StrtrDN FitState 57 Base Options 52 Drvin DNFItValue 6 DNet Status 15 Prod Assy Word 2 27 StrtrDN FitValue 58 Wiring Options 53 Drvin DNFItState 7 Starter Command 16 Prod Assy Word 3 28 StrtrDN IdlState 59 Starter Enclosure 54 Drvin DNFItValue 8 Network Override 17 Consumed 10 Size 29 StrtrDN IdiValue
243. n 1 Clear Faults Cycle digital input is Parameter 151 154 Digital Inx Sel is set to option 7 Clear Fault Table 10 7 Drive Does Not Respond to Changes in Speed Command Cause s Indication Corrective Action No value is The drive e Check Parameter 112 Control Source for correct source coming form Run e fthe source is an analog input check wiring and use a the source of indicator is meter to check for presence of signal the command lit and e Check Parameter 102 Commanded Freq to verify correct output is command 0 Hz Incorrect None e Check Parameter 112 Control Source for correct source reference e Check Parameter 114 Dig In Status to see if inputs are source is being selecting an alternate source Verify settings for selected via Parameters 151 154 Digital Inx Sel remote device e Check Parameter 138 Speed Reference for the source of or digital inputs the speed reference Reprogram as necessary Troubleshooting 10 13 Table 10 8 Motor and or Drive Will Not Accelerate to Commanded Speed Cause s Acceleration time is excessive Indication Corrective Action None Reprogram Parameter 139 Accel Time 1 or Parameter 167 Accel Time 2 Excess load or short None e Compare Parameter 103 Output Current with acceleration times Parameter 189 Current Limit1 force the drive into e Remove excess load or reprogram Parameter 139 current limit Accel Time 1 or Parameter 167
244. n Object are supported Instances 1 2 and 4 from the Group 2 predefined master slave connection set Instances 5 and 6 are available through explicit UCMM connections Instance 1 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Explicit Message Connection The following Instance 1 attributes is supported Table C 35 Connection Object Instance 1 Attributes Attribute Access Name Data Value ID Rule Type State 0 non existent 1 configuring Get USINT 5 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 0 Explicit Message 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x83 Server Transport Class 3 Produced Connection ID 10xxxxxx011 4 Get UINT XXXXXX node address Consumed Connection ID 10xxxxxx100 5 Get UINT XXXXXX node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x22 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT Ox61 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT Ox61 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds Watchdog Action 01 auto delete is Get 03 deferred delete 13 Get Produced Connection Path UINT 0 Length 14 Get Produced Connection Path Empty 15 Get Consumed Connection Path UINT 0 Length 16 Get Consumed Connection Path Empty Bulletin 284G CIP Information Instance 2 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Polled I O Message Connection The following Instance 2 attributes are supported Table C 36 Connection Object Instance 2 Attributes
245. n percent of the PID Reference that the drive will ignore Example e PID Deadband is set to 5 0 The PID Reference is 25 0 e The PID Regulator will not act on a PID Error that falls between 20 0 and 30 0 H 4 PID Setup PID Enabled PID Output Freq Cmd PID Preload The value set in Parameter 239 PID Preload in Hertz will be pre loaded into the integral component of the PID at any start or enable This will cause the drive s frequency command to initially jump to that preload frequency and the PID loop starts regulating from there PID Pre load Value PID Pre load Value 0 PID Limits Parameter 230 PID Trim Hi and Parameter 231 PID Trim Lo are used to limit the PID output and are only used in trim mode PID Trim Hi sets the maximum frequency for the PID output in trim mode PID Trim Lo sets the reverse frequency limit for the PID output in trim mode Note that when the PID reaches the Hi or Lo limit the PID regulator stops integrating so that windup does not occur PID Gains The proportional integral and differential gains make up the PID regulator e Parameter 234 PID Prop Gain The proportional gain unitless affects how the regulator reacts to the magnitude of the error The proportional component of the PID regulator outputs a speed command proportional to the PID error For example a proportional gain of 1 would output 100 of maximum frequency when the PID error i
246. nce 161 Default Produced Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Address 1 23 1 22 1 20 1 19 1 18 I1 17 1 16 Data Reserved Reserved Ready Running Rev Running Fwd Warning Tripped Byte 1 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Address 11 31 1 1 30 1 28 1 27 1 26 1 25 1 24 Data Reserved Reserved HOA User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 User In 0 Table 6 3 Example SLC Output Addressing Consumed Assembly Instance 160 Default Consumed Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte Bit 7 Address 0 1 23 0 1 22 0 1 21 0 1 20 0 1 19 0 1 18 0 1 16 Bit 0 The example PLC program for the SLC will use the Tripped and the 140M On bit from the produced assembly and the Fault Reset User Out A and Fwd bit from the consumed assembly Explicit Messaging with SLC Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet 6 3 The 1747 SDN module uses the MO and M1 file areas for data transfer Only words 224 through 256 are used to execute the Explicit Message Request and Response function The minimum data size for the explicit message request is 6 words and the maximum is 32 words The following tables illustrate the standard format of the explicit message request and response Table 6 4 Explicit Message Request Get Attribute Single Bit location within Word 15 8 7 0 TXID COMMAND Word 0 PORT SIZE Word 1 SERVICE M
247. nd remote start stop control DeviceNet is the communication protocol provided with the ArmorStart Bulletin 280G 281G or 284G Distributed Motor Controller DeviceLogix DeviceLogix is a stand alone Boolean program that resides within the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller DeviceLogix is programmed using Boolean math operations such as AND OR NOT Timers Counters and Latches DeviceLogix can run as a stand alone application independent of the network However 24V DC must be supplied at the DeviceNet connector to power the inputs Peer to Peer Communications ZIP The zone control capabilities of ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers is ideal for large horsepower 0 5 15 Hp motored conveyors The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers have built in DeviceNet communications DeviceLogix technology and the added Zone Interlocking Parameters ZIP which allow one ArmorsStart to receive data directly from up to four other DeviceNet nodes without going through a network scanner These direct communications between conveyor zones are beneficial in a merge diverter or accumulation conveyor application EMI Filter Bulletin 284G only The EMI Filter is required if the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller must be CE compliant A shielded 4 conductor patchcord or cordset no longer than 14 meters must be used to comply with the CE requirement Product Overview 1 7 Dynamic Brake Resistor Bulletin
248. nd short circuit protection that would result from using the larger ArmorStart controller s rating In the case of using the Bulletin 284G VFD ArmorsStart the actual full load current of the motor needs to multiplied by the ratio of the drive s ratio of rated input current to output current to arrive at the actual full load current For example in the case of a 2 Hp VFD ArmorStart being used to control a 1 Hp 2 1 A 460 V motor the full load amperes to be used for the Group motor calculation would be the 2 Hp VFD ArmorStart s Rated Input Current Rated Output Current x 1 Hp motor s rated full load current 5 7 A 4 0 A 2 1 A 3 0 A The following is a group motor example calculation for a 460 V distributed application that requires two 10 Hp DOL ArmorStart controlling 10 Hp and 5 Hp motors and four 2 Hp VFD ArmorsStarts controlling one 2 Hp motor and three 1 Hp motors From NEC Table 430 250 the full load current of the respective motors are Motor Hp Motor FLC A 10 14 7 6 3 4 2 1 2 1 4 pl 2 1 Group Motor Installations D 3 To design the motor circuit using a time delay fuse from NEC Table 430 52 to the rules of NEC 430 53C we start with the largest motor 10 Hp and calculate 14 A x 17596 24 5 A To this we add the FLC of the 5 Hp motor 7 6 A plus the other calculated drive currents for the motors controlled by the VFD ArmorStarts The calculated drive currents a
249. nding must not rely on flexible cables and should not include any form of plug or socket that would permit inadvertent disconnection Some local codes may require redundant ground connections The integrity of all connections should be periodically checked Grounding Connect a grounding conductor to the terminal provided as standard on each ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Refer to Table 2 2 for grounding provision location There is also an externally available ground terminal Refer to Figure 2 2 and Figure 2 7 Wiring Wire in an industrial control application can be divided into three groups power control and signal The following recommendations for physical separation between these groups is provided to reduce the coupling effect e Minimum spacing between different wire groups in the same tray should be 6 in 16 cm e Wire runs outside an enclosure should be run in conduit or have shielding armor with equivalent attenuation Different wire groups should be run in separate conduits e Minimum spacing between conduits containing different wire groups should be 3 in 8 cm 2 36 Installation and Wiring Notes Introduction Chapter 3 Bulletin 280G 281G Programmable Parameters This chapter describes each programmable parameter and its function Parameter Programming Each Distributed Motor Controller type will have a common set of parameters followed by a set of parameters that pertain to the
250. ng the unrecognized device with the name and icon given by the EDS file you have just regis tered Using the Node Commissioning 1 Choose Node Commissioning from the Tools menu at the Tool Inside RSNetWorx for top of the screen DeviceNet 2 Clicking on Browse will prompt a screen similar to the one below to appear Device Selection gs TCP 1 Ethernet 3 Select the ArmorStart located at node 63 and then click OK The node commissioning screen will have the Current Device Set tings entries completed It will also provide the current network baud rate in the New ArmorStart Settings area Do not change the baud rate unless you absolutely sure that this value needs to be changed 4 Enter the desired node address in the New Device Settings sec tion In this example the new node address is 5 Click Apply to apply the new node address 5 6 DeviceNet Commissioning 5 When the new node address has been successfully applied the Current Device Settings section of the window is updated as follows If an error occurs check to make sure the device is prop erly powered up and connected to the network Node Commissioning 6 Click Close to exit the node commissioning tool 7 Choose Single Pass Browse from the Network menu to update RSNetWorx and verify that the node address is set cor rectly System Configuration Selection of produced and consumed I O assemblies som
251. nimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value Based on Drive Rating Parameter Number 134 101 102 113 135 185 186 Related Parameter 187 210 212 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 Default Value 0 0 Parameter Number 135 Related Parameter 101 102 113 134 135 178 185 186 187 211 213 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 Default Value 60 0 Parameter Number 136 Related Parameters 112 and 137 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value oj Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 27 Stop Mode Valid Stop Mode for the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart are the following 0 Ramp CF Ramp to Stop Stop command clears active fault 1 Coast CF Coast to Stop Stop command clears active fault 2 DC Brake CF DC Injection Braking Stop Stop command clears active fault 3 DCBrkAuto CF DC injection Braking with Auto Shutoff Standard DC Injection Braking for value set in Parameter 180 DC Brake Time or Drive shuts off if the drive detects that the motor is stopped Stop command clears active fault 4 Ramp Ramp to Stop 5 Coast Coast to Stop 6 DC Brake DC Injection Braking Stop 7 DC BrakeAuto DC Inj
252. nits Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 28 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 29 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Oo oO 4 14 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Last PR Fault 1 Hdw Short Ckt Parameter Number 61 2 Reserved 3 Motor Overload PF Fault Code 7 4 Drive Overload Fault Code 64 5 Uto Gnd PF Fault Code 38 Access Rule GET 6 Phase V to Gnd PF Fault Code 39 7 Phase W to Gnd PF Fault Code 40 8 Phase UV Short Fault Code 41 9 Phase UW Short PF Fault Code 42 Data Type UINT 10 Phase VW Short PF Fault Code 43 11 Ground Fault PF Fault Code 13 12 Stall PF Fault Code 6 13 Control Pwr Loss Group Starter Protection 14 Control Pwr Fuse 15 Input Short 16 Output Fuse 17 Over Temp 18 Heatsink OvrTmp Fault Code 8 Units 19 HW OverCurrent PF Fault Code 12 20 SW OverCurrent PF Fault Code 63 21 DNet Power Loss 22 Internal Comm Minimum Value 0 23 Drive Comm Loss PF Fault Code 81 24 Power Loss PF Fault Code 3 25 Under Voltage PF Fault Code 4 26 Over Voltage PF Fault Code 5 Maximum V
253. not receiving a RUN 1 Check RUN command source command After safety stopo After safety stopo 1 Check RUN command source 1 Thecontroller is not receiving a RUN 2 Check SM cable and connections command 3 Check SM feedback inside control 2 SMcable connections SM1 SM2 open module 3 SM feedback is open inside control 4 Refer to 1 0 Indicators in module 1732DS IB8XOBV4 manual 4 1732DS IB8XOBVA is reporting open SM feedback from the INO INn inputs On Flashing Off ArmorStart controller fault is inhibiting Refer to ArmorStart Manual for controller fault ArmorStart controller start function On Off On 1 Three phase power is not being supplied 1 Verify 3 phase voltage at ArmorStart to controller Bulletin 280 281 controllers 2 24VDC not supplied to P and M at A1 A2 connector because cable or connections are defective 3 1732DS IB8XOBV4 OUTO OUTn outputs are not supplying 24 VDC to pins P and M of A1 A2 cable assembly controller input 2 Verify cable and connections 3 Refer to 1 0 Indicators in 1732DS IB8XOBVA manual stop The 1732DS IB8XOBV4 does not remove 24V DC from P and M of A1 A2 when a non safety stop is executed Restarting the controller after a non safety stop is not inhibited by the safety circuit Q Safety stop The 1732DS IB8XOBV4 removes 24V DC from P and M of A1 A2 when a safety stop is executed This opens both contactors Restarting the controll
254. nstance 185 Starter Status Instance 185 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 At Net Ref Net Ctl Running Running S Reference Status Status Ready Rev Fwd parm Tripped Contactor 140M HOA 1 Reserved Status Hand KP Jog DrvOpto2 DrvOpto1 o Refers to control brake contactor status Table C 19 Instance 186 DeviceNet Status Instance 186 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 0 Idle 1 0 Fit Exp Fit 1 0 Cnxn Exp Cnxn ZIP 3 Fit ZIP 2 Fit ZIP 1 Fit uM Cnx Cnx Cnx Fault Reset Run Rev Run Fwd Freq Freq Freq E Select3 Select 2 Select Deel Decel T Accel Table C 20 Instance 189 This is a Read Only assembly owns ovn Instance 189 Warning Status Bits Accel 1 Drv In 1 Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 UO Control 0 Reserved Power Warning Warning 1 ud DNWarn PI Warn Warn C 8 Bulletin 284G CIP Information Table C 21 Instance 190 is the 1999 ZCIO Native Format Produced Assembly Instance 190 1799 ZCIO Native Format Produced Assembly Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Running Running 0 Rev Fwd Warning Tripped Input 3 Input 2 Input 1 Input
255. nt damage due to uncontrolled machine system operation The drive contains high voltage capacitors that take time to discharge after removal of mains supply Before working on drive ensure isolation of mains supply from line inputs R S T L1 L2 L3 Wait three minutes for capacitors to discharge to safe voltage levels Failure to do so may result in personal injury or death Darkened display LEDs is not an indication that capacitors have discharged to safe voltage levels Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation startup and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to comply may result in personal injury and or equipment damage 10 2 Troubleshooting ATTENTION ATTENTION WETTER drive contains electrostatic discharge ESD _ drive contains electrostatic discharge ESD sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing this assembly Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures refer to Allen Bradley Publication 8000 4 5 2 Guarding against Electrostatic Damage or any other applicable ESD protection handbook An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result in component damage or a reduction in product life Wiring or application errors such as undersizing
256. nting screws on the Control Module 4 Unplug Control Module from the base by pulling forward 5 Loosen mounting screws and remove Figure 10 5 Bulletin 284G Base Module Removal Base Module w Control Module 10 20 Troubleshooting Base Module Replacement Installation of Base Module Bulletin 2846 vudd i avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices 1 Mount Base Module with four mounting screws 2 Install Control Module 3 Tighten four mounting screws 4 Install all cables to Control Module comunication control and three phase power and all other cables connected to the inputs Figure 10 6 Bulletin 284G Base Module Installation Cable Q S X Control a li Module 2 i u No Troubleshooting 10 21 Figure 10 7 Control Voltage Fuse Replacement Control Voltage Fuse 10 22 Troubleshooting Notes Appendix A Specifications Bulletin 280G 281G Electrical Ratings IEC Power Circuit Rated Operation Voltage 380 220V 480 277V AC 380 220V 480 277V AC Rate Insulation Voltage 600 V Rated Impulsed Voltage 4kV Dielectric Withstand 2500V AC Operating Frequency 50 60 Hz Utilization Category AC 3 Protection Against Shock IP2X 25A Rated Operating Current Max 5 5A 16A
257. o ee Table B 27 Instance 161 is the default input produced assembly for Standard Distributed Motor Controllers Instance 161 Default Producted Standard Distributed Motor Controller Reserved Reserved User In 5 User In 4 User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 User In O Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information B 9 Table B 28 Instance 163 is the standard input produced assembly with Network Outputs and ZIP CCV Instance 163 Standard Produced Starter with Network Outputs Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Running Running 0 Used 140M Not Used Ready Rev Fwd Warning Tripped 1 Not Used Not Used User In 5 User In 4 User In User In 2 User In 1 User In 0 2 NetOut 8 Net Out 7 Net Out 6 Net Out 5 Net Out 4 Net Out Net Out 2 Net Out 1 Logic Net Out Net Out Net Out Net Out Net Out Net Out 3 Enabled 15 14 13 12 11 10 Net Outa 4 ZIP CCV Low 5 ZIP CCV High Table B 29 Instance 190 is the 1999 7610 Native Format Produced Assembly Instance 190 1799 ZCIO Native Format Produced Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Running Running s 0 Rev Fwd Warning Tripped Input3 Input2 Input1 Input 0O 1 Reserved 109C Reserved 140M HOA Enabled 2 Reserved cua Run Rev Run Fwd 3 Reserved 4 Net Out 8 Net Out 7 Net
258. olt 4 20 4 20 mA 4 mA 0 Volts 120 Drive Rated Output Volts 0 20 mA 104 13 OutPowr 4 20 4 20 mA 4 mA 0 kW 200 Drive Rated Power 0 20 mA 122 14 TstData 4 20 4 20 mA 4 mA 0000 65535 Hex FFFF 0 20 mA 119 15 OutTorq 0 10 0 10V OV 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA 0 10V 129 16 OutTorq 0 20 0 20 mA 0 mA 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA 0 20 mA 129 17 OutTorq 4 20 4 20 mA 4 mA 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA 0 20 mA 129 18 Setpnt 0 10 0 10V OV 0 100 0 Setpoint Setting 0 10V 209 19 Setpnt 0 20 0 20 mA 0 mA 0 100 0 Setpoint Setting 0 20 mA 209 20 Setpnt 4 20 4 20 mA 4 mA 0 100 0 Setpoint Setting 0 20 mA 209 Note Only options 5 14 16 17 19 and 20 are not valid options Analog Out High Parameter Number 166 Scales the maximum output value for parameter 165 source setting Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 800 Default Value 100 4 34 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Accel Time 2 When active sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases except for jog Maximum Freq _ Accel Rate Accel Time Parameter 135 Maximum Freq Param Ke Time Param 139 or 140 or 167 168 Accel Decel Time x Time x Decel Time 2 When active sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases except for jog Maximum Freq Decel Rate Decel Time
259. on configuration is accomplished by setting the Network Override and Communication Override parameter The following information describes the varying levels of operation e f both overrides are disabled and the logic is enabled the ONLY time DeviceLogix will run is if there is an active I O connection with a master i e the master is in Run mode At all other times DeviceLogix will be running the logic but will NOT control the state of the outputs If the Network Override is enabled and the logic is enabled then DeviceLogix controls the state of the outputs when the PLC is in Run mode and if a network fault such as Duplicate MAC ID or Module Bus off condition occurs If the Communications Override is enabled and the logic is enabled the device does not need any I O connection to run the logic As long as there is control power and a DeviceNet power source connected to the device the logic will control the state of the outputs DeviceLogix has many applications and the implementation is typically only limited to the imagination of the programmer Keep in mind that the application of DeviceLogix is only designed to handle simple logic routines DeviceLogix is programmed using simple Boolean math operators such as AND OR NOT timers counters and latches Decision making is done by combining these Boolean operations with any of the available I O The inputs and outputs used to interface with the logic can come from
260. on message 5 Get UNT group and Message ID Consumed Connection ID Depends on message 7 Get group and Message ID 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x33 Group 3 7 Get Produced Connection Size UNT 0 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds Watchdog Action 01 auto delete 12 m USINT 03 deferred delete 13 Get Produced Connection Path UINT 0 Length 14 Get Produced Connection Path Empty Consumed Connection Path 0 15 Get Length UINT 16 Get Consumed Connection Path Empty Bulletin 284G CIP Information Instances 8 11 are ZIP Consumers The following instance attributes will be supported Table C 39 Connection Object instance 8 11 Attributes Attribute Access Name Data Value ID Rule Type State 0 nonexistant 1 Get USINT 1 configuring 3 established 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 I 0 Connection Transport Class Trigger x20 C TU PM USINT pei MM 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT FFFF not producing data 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT E 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT OxFO unacknowledged 7 Get Produced Connection Size UNT 0 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UNT 8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 2 auto reset 13 Get i Connection Path UINT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path 0 15 Get D Connection Path UINT 8 16 Get Consumed Connection Path 21 OE 03 2
261. one 2 Health Parameter Number 75 AccessRule GET 7 Read Only consumed connection Data Type BOOL status for zone 2 Group ZIP Parameters 0 Healthy ms ce 1 Unhealthy MinimumValue Maximum Value DeautVaue 0 7 3 18 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Zone 3 Health Parameter Number 76 Access Rule GET Read Only consumed connection Data Type BOOL status for zone 3 Group ZIP Parameters 0 Healthy Units 1 Unhealthy MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 4 Health Parameter Number 77 Access Rule GET Read Only consumed connection Data Type BOOL status for zone 4 Group ZIP Parameters 0 Healthy Units 1 Unhealthy MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 1 Mask Parameter Number 78 Access Rule GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data Data Type BYTE mask for zone 1 Each bit represents a byte in consumed Group ZIP Parameters data up to 8 bytes in length If a Units mask bit is set the MinimumValue 0 corresponding consumed data _ byte is placed in the DeviceLogix Maximum valle 299 data table Default Value 0 Zone 2 Mask Parameter Number 79 Access Rule GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data Data Type BYTE mask for zone 2 Each bit represents a byte in consumed Group ZIP Parameters data up to 8 bytes in length If a Uni
262. one 4 consuming connection If consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection will time out and Zone 4 Health will report 1 Not Healthy 90 Zone 1 Control Zone 1 Control Word Default Bit 1 set all other bits clear BitO Security Enable 1 Enable data security Biti COS Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Multicast Poll Response messages 91 Zone 2 Control Zone 2 Control Word Default Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Biti COS Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages 92 Zone 3 Control Zone 3 Control Word Default Bit 1 set all other bits clear BitO Security Enable 1 Enable data security COS Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Multicast Poll Response messages 93 Zone 4 Control Zone 4 Control Word Default Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Bit1 COS Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DN
263. one third the ampacity of the branch circuit conductors NEC 430 53D The branch circuit conductors can be defined as the conductors on the load side of the fuse block or circuit breaker This requirement actually defines the size of the group of motors For example if the wire from the fuses or circuit breaker is AWG 8 with rated ampacity of 50 A the smallest wire you can use as a tap and to the motors is AWG 14 with an ampacity of 20 A NEC Table 310 16 for 75 C wire Note that the Bulletin 280 ArmorStart controllers will not accept wire greater than 10 wires at its input terminal blocks The ArmorStart cabling to the motor is UL Listed for the controller s Hp and is supplied with the ArmorStart controller or as an accessory when longer lengths are required D 2 Group Motor Installations Group motor installations using the ArmorStart in distributed control applications will be largely dictated by the required motor Hp their locations and the practical concerns of wire cable routing on the equipment It should be noted that Group motor installation are designed to use the actual motor Hp and current ratings in NEC Table 430 250 and not the ArmorStart controller s rating This allows for the possible standardization of ArmorStart controllers in an installation An application can be designed using 5 Hp controllers for all motors between say 5 and 2 Hp and 1 Hp controllers for motors 1 Hp and less without having to oversize the wiring a
264. oup Advanced Program Group Units 1 196 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 100 0 Default Value 25 0 Parameter Number 187 131 132 134 135 184 185 Related Parameters 186 188 225 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Hz Maximum Value 400 0 Hz Default Value 15 0 Hz Parameter Number 188 Related Parameters 104 185 186 187 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1V AC Minimum Value 20V AC Maximum Value Drive Rated Volts Default Value Drive Rated Volts Parameter Number 189 Related Parameters 133 218 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 1A Maximum Value Drive rated amps X 1 8 Default Value Drive rated amps X 1 5 Motor OL Select Drive provides Class 10 motor overload protection Setting 0 2 select the derating factor for 121 overload function 0 No Derate 1 Min Derate 2 Max Derate 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 96 of P133 Motor OL Current PWM Frequency Sets the carrier frequency the PWM output waveform The Figure 4 5 provides Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 41 Figure 4 4 Overload Trip Curves No Derate 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 of P132 Motor NP Hertz derating guidelines based on the PWM frequency setting of P133 Motor OL Current Danni 4 G
265. overrides the Jog Frequency Parameter Number 178 Sets the output frequency when the jog command is issued Related Parameters 135 151 152 153 154 179 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Default Value 10 0 4 36 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Jog Accel Decel Sets the acceleration and deceleration time when a jog command is issued DC Brake Time Sets the length of time that DC brake current is injected into the motor Refer to Parameter 181 DC Brake Level DC Brake Level Defines the maximum DC brake current in amps applied to the motor when Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set to either Ramp or DC Brake ATTENTION Volls Speed Stop Command If a hazard of injury due to movement of equipment or material exists an auxiliary mechanical braking device must be used This feature should not be used with synchronous or permanent magnet motors Motors may be demagnetized during braking Parameter Number 179 Related Parameters 178 151 152 153 154 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 600 0 Default Value 10 0 Parameter Number 180 Related Parameters 137 181 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Min
266. ower System Overview 1606 XLSDNET4 mu DeviceNet Power Supply Bulletin 280 281 ArmorsStart Bulletin 284 ArmorsStart Three Phase Power Trunk PatchCord cable with integral female or male connector on each end Example Part Number 280 PWR35A M Three Phase Drop Cable PatchCord cable with integral female or male connector on each end Example Part Number 280 PWR35A M Three Phase Power Tee and Reducer Tee connects to a single drop line to trunk with quick change connectors Part Number 280 135 Three Phase Power Receptacles Female receptacles are a panel mount connector with flying leads Part Number 280 M35F M1 Reducing Tee connects to a single drop line Mini to trunk Quick change connector Part Number 280 RT35 2 30 Installation and Wiring Figure 2 26 Control Power Media System Overview Enclosure rr CK LL CLE 1 1 PLC i XLSDNET mhe Bulletin 1492FB F 1606 4 l 1 Branch Circuit DeviceNet Protective Device Power Supply SS Se e
267. path to earth ground has 13 Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a been detected at one or more of the grounded condition drive output terminals F33 Auto Rstrt Tries Drive unsuccessfully attempted to 14 Correct the cause of the fault and manually clear reset a fault and resume running for the programmed number of Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries F38 Phase U to Gnd 2 A phase to ground fault has been 15 Check the wiring between the drive and motor F39 Phase V to Gnd detected between the drive and 16 Check motor for grounded phase F40 Phase W to Gnd motor in this phase 17 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared F41 Phase UV Short 2 Excessive current has been detected 18 Check the motor and drive output terminal wiring for a shorted condition F42 Phase UW Short between these two output terminals 19 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared F43 Phase VW Short F48 Params Defaulted 2 The drive was commanded to write 20 Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive default values to EEPROM 21 Program the drive parameters as needed F63 SW OverCurrent 2 Programmed Parameter 198 SW 22 Check load requirements and Parameter 198 SW Current Trip setting Current Trip has been exceeded F64 Drive Overload 2 Drive rating of 150 for 1 min or 23 Reduce load or extend Accel Time 200 for 3 sec has been exceeded F70 Power Unit 2 Failure has been detected in the 24 Cycle
268. pplication Do not use this function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines Auto Rstrt Delay Parameter Number 193 Sets time between restart attempts when Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries is set to a Related Parameters 192 value other than zero Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 300 0 sec Default Value 1 0 sec Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 43 Start at PowerUp Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables a feature that allows a Start or Run command to automatically cause the drive to resume running at command speed after the drive input is restored Requires a digital input configured Run or Start and a valid start contact This parameter will not function if Parameter 136 Start Source is set to 4 2 W High Speed 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application Do not use this function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines Reverse Disable Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables the function that allows the direction of the motor rotation to be changed The reverse command
269. pplication Type 2 represents more than 100 braking torque where possible up to a maximum of 150 Figure E 1 Dynamic Brake Resistor Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes 5 f U mp t 2 eo e m D E F G H J Cat No mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in 284R 091P500 89 x3 215 5 235 5 60 2 127 12 54 60 2 50 1 5 284R 360P500 3 5x0 12 8 46 0 2 9 25 0 2 2 36 0 08 5 0 49 2 36 0 08 1 97 0 06 284R120P1K2 420 5 440 5 16 54 0 2 17 32 x 0 2 Length is user selectable based on the suffix added to the catalog number For a length of 500 10mm add M05 to the end of the catalog number For a length of 1000 10mm add M1 to the end of the catalog number 4 Accessories Notes Appendix F Safety 1 0 Module and T V Requirements ArmorStart Safety Related Parts Each ArmorStart Safety Distributed motor controller is intended to be combined with the 1732DS IB8XOBVA safety I O module to form a subsystem that is part of the overall machine stop function The motor controllers are connected to the safety I O module through specified cable ass
270. r Device from the menu 2 Click Next The following screen appears Rockwell Software s EDS Wizard Options What task do you want to complete 3 Choose Register an EDS file s as shown above and then click the Next button 4 Choose to Register a single file and specify the file name or use the Browse button to locate the EDS file on your computer If connected to the Internet you may use the Download EDS file button to automatically search for the correct EDS file 5 4 DeviceNet Commissioning Rockwell Software s EDS Wizard Registration Electronic Data Sheet file s will be added to your system for Software applications A NODO1001500810100 eds e 5 Click the Next button 6 The following screen will display any warning or errors if a prob lem occurs while registering the file If a problem occurs insure that you have the correct file and try again Click the Next button when no errors occur 7 Select an alternative icon by highlighting the new device and clicking Change Icon Once you have selected an icon choose OK and then click the Next button Rockwell Software s EDS Wizard Change Graphic Image You can change the graphic image that is associated with a 8 When asked if you would like to register this device click the Next button DeviceNet Commissioning 5 5 9 Click the Finish button After a short while RSNetWorx will update your online screen by replaci
271. r Number 22 This parameter identifies the Bulletin 140M used in this product Access Rule GET 0 140M D8N C10 Data Type BOOL 1 140M D8N C25 Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value PrFit Reset Mode Parameter Number 23 This parameter is the Protection Fault reset mode Access Rule GET SET 0 Manual Data Type BOOL 1 Automatic Group Starter Protection Units mS Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Pr Fault Enable Parameter Number 24 This parameter enables the Protection Fault by setting the bit to 1 Access Rule GET SET Data Type WORD Group Starter Protection Units E Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 64927 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 3 2 Rum ae m Short Circuit b um ze Overload m m EM X Phase Short m zc zc X Ground Fault m Hm EM Stall m E m Control Power ME ES E M EM IO Fault ms Overtemperature m E Ez X 25 Over Current EC s X Dnet Power Loss Em X Internal Comm m X zm a mE DC Bus Fault X E mu aS EEprom E X E HW Fault X EN DECOR ESSE SS Rc RN Restart Retries X EE EE E d at paye Misc Fault
272. r circuit verification procedure The contactor circuit verification procedure must be performed on an ArmorStart Safety controller that has experienced an output short circuit fault prior to placing the controller back into service Contactor Circuit Verification Procedure Initiate a stop from the safety PLC to the 1732DS IB8XOBV4 e Verify that the ArmorStart controller output motor voltage is removed e Verify that the SM feedback to the safety PLC transitions to the open state Safety 1 0 Module and T V Requirements F 7 Troubleshooting ArmorStart Controller LED Status Indication 1732DS IB8XOBV4 Safety Module Refer to 1732DS IB8XOBV4 documentation for trouble shooting instructions ArmorStart Safety Bulletin 280 281 284 Distributed Motor Controllers Safety Circuit Troubleshooting Symptom Probable Cause Recommended Action Power Fault Run Motor will Off Off Off 1 The disconnect switch of the ArmorStart 1 Check disconnect switch not start controller is open 2 Verify cable and connections 2 24 VDC not supplied to A1 and A2 at 3 Referto IN PWR OUT PWR Indicators in A1 A2 connector because cable or 1732DS IB8XOBV4 manual connections are defective 3 1732DS IB8XOBVA4 not supplying 24 VDC to A1 and A2 pins of A1 A2 cable Off Flashing Off There is an ArmorStart controller fault Refer to ArmorStart Manual for controller fault On Off Off After non safety stop After non safety stop 1 Thecontroller is
273. re given in the following Table Motor Motor FLC Drive Input to Output Current Ratio Calculated Drive Current Hp A See ArmorStart Users Manual A Appendix A 2 3 4 5 57 A 4 0 A 1 39 3 4 x 1 39 4 72 A 1 2 1 3 45 A 2 3 A 1 5 21 1 5 3 15 1 21 3 45 J2 3A 1 5 21 1 5 3 15 1 21 3 45 2 3 A 1 5 2 1x1 523 15A The total current for the fuse ampacity is calculated in the following Table Motor Hp Motor FLC A TD Fuse Current A 10 14 24 5 A 5 7 6 7 6 A 2 3 4 4 72 A 1 2 1 3 15 A 1 2 1 3 15A 1 2 1 3 15A Total Fuse Current 46 4 A Therefore the standard fuse available not exceeding 46 4 A is a 40 A fuse To calculate the wire ampacity and therefore the size of the motor branch conductor we use NEC 430 24 and calculate the sum of 125 of the largest motor s FLC plus the FLC of the other motors in the group The conductor ampacity calculation is given in the following Table Motor Hp Motor FLC A Wire Current A 10 14 14A x 1 25 17 5A 5 7 6 7 6A 2 3 4 4 89 A 1 2 1 3 15A 1 2 1 3 15A 1 2 1 3 15A Total Fuse Current 39 4A Group Motor Installations From NEC Table 310 16 we need to use 8 AWG for the motor branch circuit Per NEC 430 28 the individual motor tap conductors can be sized down to 1 3 the ampacity of the trunk but not less than 12596 of the specific motor s FLC on the tap This reduction is further cond
274. re inputs Parameter Number 1 Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value Maximum Value 15 Default Value Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters 3 3 Bit Function 3 2 1 Input 0 Input 1 X Input 2 X Input 3 m Input 4 Input 5 Network Inputs Parameter Number 2 Access Rule GET This parameter provides status of Data Type WORD network inputs Group DeviceLogix Units xd Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 0 Lees ee es emm Es X Net Input 0 ILE eL Net Input 1 IEEE se MNetinput 2 exse p eS eS a5 Net Input 3 NS ns Xo Net Input 4 Ep Net Input 5 6 ps eS Net Input 7 Pe REN 8 y Net Input 9 eX pem Net Input 10 XEM x Net Input 11 Ix I Net Input 12 x l Net Input 13 x j J J Net Input 14 x
275. red the information below can be used to map a device based on the default configuration Table 5 1 Default Input and Output 1 0 Assemblies Default Message type Polled Consumed data size 1 byte Rx Produced data size 2 bytes Tx The I O assembly format for the ArmorStart is identified by the value in parameter 11 Consumed IO Assy and parameter 12 Produced IO Assy These values determine the amount and arrangement of the information communicated to the master scanner The tables below identify the default information produced and consumed by the standard starter For additional formats and advance configurations please reference Table B 13 on page B 5 Table 5 2 Instance 160 Default Consumed Data for Standard Distributed Motor Controller 1 byte 0 Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Fault Reset Run Fwd Table 5 3 Instance 161 Default Produced Data for Standard Distributed Motor Controller 2 bytes Byte Bit 0 0 Not Used 140M On Not Used Ready Running Rev Running Fwd Warning Tripped 1 Not Used Not Used User In 5 User In 4 User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 User In 0 5 8 DeviceNet Commissioning Setting the Motor FLA and Overload Trip Class Bulletin 280G 2816 The product should now be configured and communicating on the network The last step is to program the motor FLA setting parameter 106 and overload trip class parameter 107 This can be accomplished by using software such
276. rent This parameter provides the current of Phase C measured in increments of 1 10 of an ampere Average Current This parameter provides the average current measured in increments of 1 10 of an ampere Therm Utilized This parameter displays the Thermal Capacity used FLA Setting The motor s full load current rating is programmed in this parameter Parameter Number 103 Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group Starter Display Units XX x Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 104 Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group Starter Display Units XX x Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 105 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group Starter Display Units FLA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 106 Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group Starter Setup Units XX x Amps Minimum Value See Table 3 2 Maximum Value See Table 3 2 Default Value See Table 3 2 Table 3 2 FLA Setting Ranges and Default Values with indicated setting precision FLA Current Range A Default Value Minimum Value Maximum Value 0 5 2 5 0 5 11 5 5 11 3 2 16 0 3 2 Bulletin 280G 281G Programmable Parameters 3 25 Overload Class This parameter allows the installer to select the overload class 12 Overload Class 10 2 Overloa
277. response to a DeviceNet Safety network command Limitations of the Safety Related Parts The user must provide other components to implement the overall machine stop function Example components are the DeviceNet safety network a safety PLC and a safety input module Detection of the contactor state is provided so that a Category 4 architecture can be implemented for the overall machine stop function The user must provide a safety PLC and program to process the SM feedback as required by Category 4 See configuration of safety I O module and Safety PLC Program Safety 1 0 Module and T V Requirements F 5 Configuration of the 1732DS IBXOBV4 Safety 1 0 Module and PLC Program The safety module must be configured as follows Configure the output that is connected to the I O output cable assembly for e Dual bipolar mode e Safety Pulse Test Configure the input that is connected to the I O Input cable assembly as follows e Channel Single e Mode Pulsed Test Input from test output X e Source Pulsed output from X ArmorStart Controller none required Safety PLC Program the program must e Force the output contactors to the open state when a safety related stop is demanded Force the output contactors to remain in the open state if the SM feedback is open after a safety related stop is executed see Note 1 and Note 2 Note 1 The program must inhibit the contactor closure to satisfy safety category 4 o
278. rol Volts per l L4 Hz Output Current Output Code Current Hp A 480V Drive D1P4 1 4 0 4 0 5 D2P3 2 3 0 75 1 D4P0 4 1 5 2 D6PO 6 2 2 3 D7PO 7 6 4 5 uu Control Module N Control Module Only Control Voltage D 120V AC Option 3 EMI EMI Filter Option 2 CB Control Brake Connector DB1 DB Brake Connector for IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor Tm _ Option 1 Blank Status Only Motor Media Type RG Round Table G 7 Bulletin 284G Control Module with Sensorless Vector Control IP67 NEMA 4 Up to 600V Cat No Input Voltage kw Hp Peas 120 V AC Control Voltage 0 4 0 5 1 4A 284G FVD1P4D N RG CB DB1 EMI 0 75 1 0 2 3A 284G FVD2P3D N RG CB DB1 EMI 380 480V 50 60 Hz 1 5 2 0 4 0A 284G FVD4P0D N RG CB DB1 EMI 3 Phase 2 2 3 0 6 0A 284G FVD6POD N RG CB DB1 EMI 3 0 5 0 7 6A 284G FVD7P6D N RG CB DB1 EMI 6 6 Renewal Parts Figure G 6 Bulletin 284G Base Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 280 G FN 10 RG T FT Bulletin Number Communications D DeviceNet Enclosure Type F Type 4 IP67 Base N Base Only no starter Base Module Renewal Part Product Selection Line Media RG ArmorConnect Power Media Short Circuit Protection Bulletin 140 Current Rating A 10 10 A Rated Device 25 25 A Rated Device Table G 8 Bulletin 284G Base Module Renewal Part IP67 NEMA 4 Up to 600V AC w
279. rol power fuse Check control voltage wiring and proper polarity Replace control voltage fuse if necessary This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default This error indicates a shorted sensor shorted input device or input wiring mistakes or a blown output fuse If this fault occurs the offending problem should be isolated or removed prior to restarting the system This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default Over Temperature Indicates that the operating temperature has been exceeded This fault cannot be disabled 10 Phase Imbalance DNet Power Loss The ArmorStart has detected a voltage imbalance Check the power system and correct if necessary This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default DeviceNet power has been lost or has dropped below the 12 volt threshold Check the state of the network power supply and look for DeviceNet media problems This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default 11 Reserved Not Used 12 Reserved Not Used 13 EEPROM Fault This is a major fault which renders the ArmorStart inoperable Possible causes of this fault are transients induced during EEprom storage routines If the fault was initiated by a transient power cycling should clear the problem otherwise replacement of the ArmorStart may be required This fault cannot be disabled 14 Hardware Fault This fault indicates that a serious hardware problem
280. rotection the user must implement logic to open the input contactor Troubleshooting Make sure that 3 phase line power and control power is applied to unit Attempt to reset fault If fault persists replace control module DB Comm Fault The communications link is monitored continuously If the DB1 stops responding then the MCB issues this fault Since the 1 can no longer provide resistor protection the user must implement logic to open the input contactor Troubleshooting Replace control module Table 10 4 IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistance Values Line Voltage DB1Resistor Drive MinimumDB MaximumDB V AC Part Number kW Hp Resistance Q Resistance Q 284R 360P500 M 0 37 0 5 341 62 387 33 460 284R 360P500 M 1 5 2 341 62 387 33 284R 120P1K2 M 2 2 3 113 87 129 11 284R 120P1K2 M 3 3 5 113 87 129 11 Indicates cable length 0 5 m or 1 0 m 10 10 Troubleshooting Internal Drive Faults A fault is a condition that stops the drive There are two fault types Type 1 Description Auto Reset Run When this type of fault occurs and Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries Related Parameter s 155 158 161 193 is set to a value greater than 0 a user configurable timer Parameter 193 AutoRstrt Delay Related Parameter s 192 begins When the timer reaches zero the drive attempts to automatically reset the fault If the condition that caused the fault is no
281. rted Table B 32 Connection Object Instance 4 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value O nonexistant 1 configuring 1 Get State USINT 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 I 0 Connection 0x00 Cyclic unacknowledged 0x03 Cyclic acknowledged 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x10 COS unacknowledged 0x13 COS acknowledged 01101Xxxxxx 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT XXXXXxX node address 10xxxxxx101 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT xxxxxx node address T 0x02 acknowledged 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT OxOF unacknowledged Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0to8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0108 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms 0 transition to timed out 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 1 auto delete 2 auto reset 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 8 14 Get Produced Connection Path 21 04 00 25 assy inst 00 30 03 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 8 16 Get Set Consumed Connection Path 21 04 00 25 assy inst 00 30 03 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information B 13 Instances 5 and 6 are available group 3 explicit message connections that are allocated through the UCMM The following attributes are supported Table B 33 Connection Object Instance 5 6 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 0 nonexistant 1 Get State USINT gno 4 timed ou
282. rtemp Bit 1 DB OverCurrent Bit 2 DB UnderCurrent Bit 3 DBShorted Switch 158 Get worp Bt 4 DBOpen Bit 5 Reserved Bit 6 DBBus Voltage Link Open Bit 7 Reserved Bit 8 DB Comms Bits 9 15 reserved Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 29 Acknowledge Handler Object CLASS CODE 0x002b The following common services are implemented for the Control Supervisor Object Table C 60 Control Supervisor Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single No class attributes are supported for the Acknowledge Handler Object A single instance Instance 1 of the Acknowledge Handler Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table C 61 Acknowledge Handler Instance Attributes Attribute Access Data Value ID Rule Type 1 Get Set Acknowledge Timer UINT milliseconds 2 Get Retry Limit USINT 1 3 Get COS Producing Connection Instance UNT 4 The following common services are implemented for the Acknowledge Handler Object Table C 62 Acknowledge Handler Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single C 30 Bulletin 284G CIP Information DeviceNet Interface Object CLASS CODE 0x00B4 This vendor specific object has no class attributes A single instance Instance
283. s B 7 Standard Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies B 8 Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 B 10 Discrete Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0008 B 14 Discrete Output Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0009 B 15 Discrete Output Point Object Special Requirements B 16 DOP Instances 1 and 2 Special Behavior B 16 Parameter Object CLASS CODE 0 000 B 18 Parameter Group Object CLASS CODE 0x0010 B 19 Discrete Input Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001D B 20 Discrete Output Group Object CLASS CODE OxO01E B 21 Control Supervisor Object CLASS CODE 0x0029 B 22 Acknowledge Handler Object CLASS CODE 0x002b B 23 Overload Object CLASS CODE 0 002 B 24 DeviceNet Interface Object CLASS CODE 0x00B4A B 25 Electronic Data Sheets cccccceccescesscsecsscssessecsecsesssesaecseeeeeaeens C 1 VFD Type Product Codes and Name Strings C 1 DeviceNet Objects C 2 Identity Object
284. s Figure G 8 Bulletin 284G Base Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 280 G FS 10 RG T Bulletin Number Communications D DeviceNet Enclosure Type F Type 4 IP67 Base S Base Only no starter Base Module Renewal Part Product Selection Line Media RG ArmorConnect Power Media Short Circuit Protection Bulletin 140 Current Rating A 10 10 A Rated Device 25 25 A Rated Device Table G 10 Bulletin 284G Base Module Renewal Part IP67 NEMA 4 Up to 600V AC with ArmorConnect Connectivity Output Input Voltage kW Hp Current Cat No 380 480V 0 4 2 2 0 5 3 0 1 4 4 0A 280G FS 10 RG 50 60 Hz 3 Phase 3 0 5 0 6 0 7 6 280G FS 25 RG Appendix H PID Loop PID Setup The Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Distributed Motor with sensorless vector control has a built in PID proportional integral differential control loop The PID loop is used to maintain a process feedback such as pressure flow or tension at a desired set point The PID loop works by subtracting the PID feedback from a reference and generating an error value The PID loop reacts to the error based on the PID Gains and outputs a frequency to try to reduce the error value to 0 To enable the PID loop Parameter 232 PID Ref Sel must be set to an option other than 0 PID Disabled Exclusive Control and Trim Control are two basic configurations where the PID loop may be used Exc
285. s Appendix G Renewal Parts Appendix H PID Setup Appendix I Step Logic Basic Logic and Timer Counter Functions Discrete Output Point Object Special Requirements C 20 DOP Instances 3 and 4 Special Behavior C 20 DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Special Behavior C 22 Parameter Object CLASS CODE 0 000 C 24 Parameter Group Object CLASS CODE 0x0010 C 25 Discrete Input Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001D C 26 Discrete Output Group Object CLASS CODE 0 001 C 27 Control Supervisor Object CLASS CODE 0x0029 C 28 Acknowledge Handler Object CLASS CODE 0x002b C 29 DeviceNet Interface Object CLASS CODE Ox00B4 C 30 Application of ArmorStart Controllers in Group Installation D 1 IP67 Dynamic Brake 5 51 E 3 ArmorStart Safety Related Parts sss F 1 ArmorBlock Guard 1 0 Modules eeeeeeneeree F 2 SpecifiCatioris A F 2 ArmorBlock Guard 1 0 Recommended Compatible Cables and Connectors sees F 3 Safety Related Specifications sess F 6 Maintenance and Internal Part
286. s 100 of the analog input range A larger value for PID Prop Gain makes the proportional component more responsive and a smaller value makes it less responsive Setting PID Prop Gain to 0 00 disables the proportional component of the PID loop PID Setup H 5 Parameter 235 PID Integ Time The integral gain units of seconds affects how the regulator reacts to error over time and is used to get rid of steady state error For example with an integral gain of 2 seconds the output of the integral gain component would integrate up to 10046 of maximum frequency when the PID error is 100 for 2 seconds A larger value for PID Integ Time makes the integral component less responsive and a smaller value makes it more responsive Setting PID Integ Time to 0 disables the integral component of the PID loop Parameter 236 PID Diff Rate The Differential gain units of 1 seconds affects the rate of change of the PID output The differential gain is multiplied by the difference between the previous error and current error Thus with a large error the D has a large effect and with a small error the D has less of an effect This parameter is scaled so that when it is set to 1 00 the process response is 0 1 of Maximum Freq when the process error is changing at 1 second A larger value for PID Diff Rate makes the differential term have more of an effect and a small value makes it have less of an effect In many applications the D gain i
287. s Rule GET SET 0 Sink Data Type BOOL 1 Source Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 0 1 0 4 16 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Miscellaneous Group Keypad Mode Parameter Number 45 This parameter selects if the keypad operation is maintained or momentary Access Rule GET SET 0 Maintained Data Type BOOL 1 Momentary Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Keypad Disable Parameter Number 46 This parameter disables all keypad function except for the OFF and RESET buttons Access Rule GET SET 0 Not Disabled Data Type BOOL 1 Disabled Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Set to Defaults Parameter Number 47 This parameter if set to 1 will set the device to the factory defaults Access Rule GET SET 0 No Operation Data Type BOOL 1 Set to Defaults Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Base Enclosure Parameter Number 56 Indicates the ArmorStart Base unit enclosure rating 0 IP67 1 4X 2 SIL3 CAT4 3 15 Reserved Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value Base Options Indicates the options for the ArmorStart Base unit Bit 0 Reserved Bit 1 Reserved Bit 2 CP Fuse Detect
288. s not needed Setting PID Diff Rate to 0 00 factory default disables the differential component of the PID loop Guidelines for Adjusting the PID Gains 1 Adjust the proportional gain During this step it may be desirable to disable the integral gain and differential gain by setting them to 0 After a step change in the PID Feedback e Ifthe response is too slow increase Parameter 234 PID Prop Gain e Ifthe response is too quick and or unstable see Figure H 1 decrease Parameter 234 PID Prop Gain e Typically Parameter 234 PID Prop Gain is set to some value below the point where the PID begins to go unstable Adjust the integral gain leave the proportional gain set as in Step 1 After a step change in the PID Feedback e Ifthe response is too slow see Figure H 2 or the PID Feedback does not become equal to the PID Reference decrease Parameter 235 PID Integ Time e If there is a lot of oscillation in the PID Feedback before settling out see Figure H 3 increase Parameter 235 PID Integ Time 6 PID Setup 3 Atthis point the differential gain may not be needed However if after determining the values for Parameter 234 PID Prop Gain and Parameter 235 PID Integ Time e Response is still slow after a step change increase Parameter 236 PID Diff Rate e Response is still unstable decrease Parameter 236 PID Diff Rate The following figures show some typical responses of the PID loop at di
289. sed in the example program Table 6 9 Example ControlLogix Input Addressing Produced Assembly Instance 161 Default Produced Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Address Local 1 1 Local 1 l Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 l Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 l Data 1 7 Data 1 6 Data 1 5 Data 1 4 Data 1 3 Data 1 2 Data 1 1 Data 1 0 Status _ Status Tag Name d i warning tripped Data reserved reserved reserved Ready Running Rev Running Fwd Warning Tripped Byte 1 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Address Local 1 1 Local 1 l Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 l Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 l Data 1 15 Data 1 14 Data 1 13 Data 1 12 Data 1 11 Data 1 10 Data 1 9 Data 1 8 Tag Name 140 x 2 Data reserved reserved User In 5 User In 4 User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 User In 0 Table 6 10 Example ControlLogix Output Address Consumed Assembly Instance 160 Default Consumed Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Address Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Data 1 7 Data 1 6 Data 1 5 Data 1 4 Data 1 3 Data 1 2 Data 1 1 Data 1 0 Control fault Tag Name Reset Data reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved Fault Reset Run Rev Run Fwd Explicit M
290. semblies Bulletin 2840 5 9 Default Input and Output 1 0 Assembly Formats Bulletin 2846 5 9 Setting the Motor FLA Bulletin 2840 5 10 193 DCNT Product Overview cccccccseesecsscsecssessesseceeeseseeeees 5 11 User Manual er ete a 5 11 Bill OF Material icit tte erret nas 5 11 Accessories c ccccccceseeseesececescssecsecsseseeesecseeseseaecaeeseeesease 5 11 Tools Menus iiri derer ee Le Fior ig 5 12 Node Comissioning serene 5 12 Logic Controller Application Example with Explicit Messaging m a nae eee ner eraa a e e E aia r 6 1 Programming the 1747 SLC sese 6 2 OMAP PINGS s c i e rcnt tinet ete te Re Tert 6 2 Explicit Messaging with SLC seen 6 3 Setting up the Data 6 4 Sequence of Events esses nennen nennen tnn 6 5 Programming the 1756 ControlLogix esses 6 8 VO Mapping ereerenenrnnrnrnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 6 8 Explicit Messaging with 1 001 6 9 Setting Up the MSG Instruction ssssssessss 6 9 DeviceLOgix Programming 7 1 Devic
291. splay LEDs are notan indication that capacitors have discharged to safe voltage levels Risk of shock environment rating may not be maintained with open receptacles Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation startup and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to do this may result in personal injury and or equipment damage 2 4 Installation and Wiring Dimensions for Bulletin 280G 281G Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 1 Dimensions for IP67 NEMA Type 4 with ArmorConnect Connectivity 290 30 5 111 421 11 201 189 171 Al 551 81 5 111321 Zl CAUTION 4 313 114 691 on NES Ol Installation and Wiring 2 5 Figure 2 2 Bulletin 280G 281G ArmorS
292. ss of the device for which the transaction 1s intended 15 identified here The slave device must be listed in the scanner module s scan list and be on line for the explicit message transaction to be completed Class The desired DeviceNet class is specified here e Instance This code identifies the specific instance within the object class towards which the transaction is directed The value zero is reserved to denote that the transaction is directed towards the class itself versus a specific instance within the class e Attribute This code identifies the specific characteristic of the object towards which the transaction is directed The attribute data size is one word The following table lists the most common transaction types get information and set information and the appropriate service class instance and attribute that corresponds to the type Table 6 6 Common Configuration Examples for ArmorStart Transaction Type Service Class Instance Attribute Get_Attribute_Single OxOE OxOF Par 1e Set Attribute Single 0x10 OxOF Par 1e The numeric values in a hexadecimal format This is the actual parameter number The code 1 specifies the value of the instance parameter Sequence of Events Command Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet 6 5 Use the following sequence of events as a guide for establishing explicit messages in your SLC ladder logic 1 Put th
293. ss using the hardware rotary switches simply set the switches to the desired node address and cycle power to the unit The Device will re start at the new address Figure 5 1 Rotary Node Address Configuration HU See Detail A Detail A 5 2 DeviceNet Commissioning Node Commissioning using Software To set the node address of the ArmorStart using software or other handheld tools leave the hardware switches in there default position 99 or insure that they are set to something greater than 63 With the hardware switches set use the software or handheld tool to change the address To begin the configuration of ArmorStart using software execute the RSNetWorx software and complete the following procedure You must use RSNetWorx Revision 3 21 Service Pack 2 or later Go on line using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet This can be accomplished by selecting the Network menu and then choosing Online Choose the appropriate DeviceNet PC interface In this example a 1784 PCIDS module is chosen Other common DeviceNet interfaces are the 1770 KFD and 1784 PCD Note DeviceNet drivers mu
294. ssage packet For example consider an ArmorsStart that has zone 1 configured to consume data from another ArmorsStart that is producing data of the following format Instance 163 Standard Produced Starter with Network Outputs and ZIP CCV Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 Ready Running RevRunning Fwd Warning Tripped 2 140M On HOA User In 4 UserIn 3 UserIn2 Userin 1 3 NetOut8 NetOut7 Net Out6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 Net Out 1 4 Net Out 15 Net ut9 5 Device Value Key low 6 Device Value Key high The user can choose to place only bytes 1 and 2 of the above consumed data in the DeviceLogix Data Table by selecting a Zone Mask value of 00000011 binary as shown in the following RSNetWorx for DeviceNet screen Zone 1 Mask The Zone Offset parameters parameters 82 85 determine where in the DeviceLogix Data Table to place the consumed data bytes chosen for mapping The Zone Offset value corresponds to a byte in the DeviceLogix Data Table where the data should be placed Continuing our example from above a value of 2 in the Zone 1 Offset parameter would result in the masked consumed data bytes being placed starting at byte 2 in the data table This would result in the following ZIP bit assignments ZIP 16 Zone 1 Tripped ZIP 17 Zone 1 Warning DeviceNet RSNetWorx for DeviceNet TOR
295. st be configured using RSLinx prior to being available to RSNetWorx w Click OK gt RSNetWorx will notify the user to upload or download devices before viewing configuration Click OK tn RSNetWorx will now browse the network and display all of the nodes it has detected on the network For some versions of RSNetWorx software the ArmorStart EDS files and icon may not be included and will show up as an Unregistered Device If the screen appears like the example below continue with Building and Registering an EDS file DeviceNet RSNetYrorx for DeviceNet Unrecognized Device Barcode Scanner Communication Adap DPito DeviceNet DeviceNet to SCAN Dodge EZLINK General Purpose Disq Generic Device ay Inductive Proximity 9 5 02 Umit switch Motor Overload Motor Starter 6 If RSNetWorx recognizes the device as an ArmorStart skip ahead to the following section Changing the Node address MAC ID Building and Registering an EDS File DeviceNet Commissioning 5 3 The EDS file defines how RSNetWorx for DeviceNet will communicate to the ArmorStart Follow the steps below to build and register the EDS file To register a device you must first obtain the EDS file from the following web page hitp www ab com networks eds After obtaining the files do the following 1 Right mouse click on the Unrecognized Device icon and choose Registe
296. t Figure 9 1 LED Status Indication and Reset Important Resetting the fault will not correct the cause of the fault condition Corrective action must be taken before resetting the fault 9 2 Diagnostics Clear Fault Fault Codes You may clear a fault using the following methods e Remotely via network communications e A remote reset will be attempted upon detection of a rising edge 0 to 1 transition of the Fault Reset bit in the various I O assemblies A remote reset will also be attempted upon detection of the rising edge of the Fault Reset parameter e Locally via the Reset button on the LED Status indication keypad Table 9 1 provides a complete reference of the Fault LED indications for Bulletin 280G 281G and 284G ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers Table 9 1 Fault Indication Fault Types Blink Pattern Bulletin 280G 281G Bulletin 284G 1 Short Circuit Short Circuit 2 Overload Trip Overload Trip 3 Phase Loss Phase Short 4 Reserved Ground Fault 5 Reserved Stall 6 Control Power Control Power 7 1 0 Fault 1 0 Fault 8 Over Temperature Over Temperature 9 Phase Imbalance Over Current 10 DeviceNet Power Loss DeviceNet Power Loss 11 Reserved Internal Communications 12 Reserved DC Bus Fault 13 EEPROM Fault EEPROM Fault 14 Hardware Fault Hardware Fault 15 Reserved Restart Retries 16 Reserved Misc Fault Fault Definitions Dia
297. t 2 Get Instance Type USINT ren 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x83 Server Transport Class 3 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT Depends on message group and Message ID 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT Depends on message group and Message ID 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x33 Group 3 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT OXFFFF 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms 01 auto delete 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 03 deferred delete 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path Empty 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 0 16 Get Consumed Connection Path Empty Instances 8 11 are ZIP Consumers The following instance attributes will be supported Table B 34 Connection Object Instances 8 11 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value O nonexistant 1 Get State USINT 1 configuring 3 established Get Instance Type USINT 1 1 0 Connection Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x20 COS unacknowledged Get Produced Connection ID UINT FFFF not producing data 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT Mod ae 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT OxFO unacknowledged 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 2 auto reset 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path 0 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Leng
298. t Set Command BOOL O idle 1 run 104 Get Set Network Status Override BOOL ONS verde go t0 sate state 1 0verride run local logic 105 Get Set Comm Status Override BOOL veride g0 state 1 Override run local logic The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Group Object Table B 51 Discrete Output Group Common Services Implemented for Service Code Service Name Class Instance OxOE Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single 22 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information Control Supervisor Object CLASS CODE 0x0029 No class attributes are supported The following instance attributes are supported A single instance instance 1 of the Control Supervisor Object will be supported Table B 52 Control Supervisor Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Set Run 1 BOOL These Run outputs also map to DOP instances 1 4 Get Set Run 2 BOOL and 2 7 Get Running 1 BOOL Status of RUN FWD contact 8 Get Running 2 BOOL Status of RUN REV contact 9 Get Ready BOOL Device not faulted 10 Get Tripped BOOL Device faulted 12 Get Set Fault Reset BOOL 0 gt 1 Trip Reset 100 Get Set Keypad Mode BOOL 0 Maintained 1 Momentary 101 Get Set Keypad Disable BOOL 0 Disabled 1 Disabled Bits 0 4 reserved Bit 5 CP Warning Bit 6 10 Warning Bit 7 reserved 115 Get Warning Status WORD B
299. t are detected in the internal drive is controlled by internal drive parameters These faults are listed as drive controlled in 10 3 The following flowchart for Bulletin 284G units is provided to aid in quick troubleshooting Faulted Display Yes Define Nature of the Problem Fault Network LED LED Motor will not start See See Table 10 3 Table 10 12 See Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions 10 6 Troubleshooting Table 10 3 Fault LED indications for Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers Blink Fault Definitions Possible Causes or Remedies attern ArmorStart Drive Controlled 1 Short The circuit breaker has tripped Try to reset the breaker If the condition continues check the power 140M wiring This fault cannot be disabled 2 Overload Fault An excessive motor load exists Reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current Drive Error Codes 7 and 64 set by Parameter 133 Motor OL Current and verify Parameter 184 Boost Select setting Reduce load or extend Accel Time This fault cannot be disabled 3 Phase Short Drive Error The ArmorStart has detected a phase short Excessive current has been detected between two of Codes 41 43 the output terminals Check the motor for a shorted condition Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared This fault cannot be disabled 4
300. tart with DeviceNet Communication Protocol 7 f Local Disconnect 4 N LED Status Indication M 7 POWER RUN _ E peser P FAULT 6 Inputs Micro Mi 2 amp amp Allen Bradley CAUTION DeviceNet L4 Connection Mini M18 e 3 Control Power 3 Phase Power Motor Receptacle Ground Terminal Receptacle Connection Control Brake 2 6 Installation and Wiring Dimensions for Bulletin 284G Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes dimensions are subject to change Figure 2 3 Dimensions for 2 Hp 1 5 kW and below 460V AC IP67 NEMA Type 4 with ArmorConnect connectivity
301. te The Bulletin 280 281 284 Safety ArmorStart is suitable for safety applications up to Safety Category 4PL e TUV assessment per ISO 13849 1 2008 T V compliance letter is available upon request Note For additional information regarding the 1732DS IB8XOBV4 safety I O module see publication 1791DS UMO001 EN P 1 2 Product Overview Operation Mode of Operation Torque Per Unit The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers can operate three phase squirrel cage induction motors as follows Bulletin 280G 281G up to 10 Hp 7 5 kW 460V AC 50 60 Hz Bulletin 284G up to 5 Hp 3 0 kW 460V AC Bulletin 1000 7 5 Hp 5 5 kW 10 Hp 7 5 kW and 15 Hp 11 kW 460V AC 50 60 Hz The ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller will accept a control power input of 120V AC Bulletin 280G 281G Full Voltage Start This method is used in applications requiring across the line starting in which full inrush current and locked rotor torque are realized The ArmorStart Bulletin 280G offers full voltage starting and the Bulletin 281G offers full voltage starting for reversing applications 100 Voltage Time seconds Bulletin 284G Sensorless Vector Control e Sensorless Vector Control provides exceptional speed regulation and very high levels of torque across the entire speed range of the drive e The Autotune feature allows the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller to a
302. te Insulation Voltage 250V 250V Rated Impulsed Voltage 4kV Dielectric Withstand 1500V AC 2000V AC Overvoltage Category Operating Frequency 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Power Requirements Units Non Safety Products Safety Products Control Voltage Volts 120V AC 24V DC Contactor Pick Up Amps 0 35 plus motor brake pick up current 0 63 Contactor Hold In Amps 0 10 plus motor brake hold in current 0 63 120V AC Brake Pick Up Amps 0 29 plus motor brake pick up current 120V AC Brake Hold In Amps 0 04 plus motor brake hold in current Total Control Pick Up VA W 42 15 Total Control Hold In VA W 12 15 Input Ratings Rated Operation Voltage 24V DC Input On State Voltage Range 10 26V DC 3 0 mA 10V DC Input On state Current 72 24V DC Input Off state Voltage Range 0 5V DC Input Off state Current 1 5 mA Input Filter Software Selectable Off to On Settable from 0 64 ms in 1 ms increments On to Off Settable from 0 64 ms in 1 ms increments Input Compatibility N A IEC 1 Number of inputs 6 Sensor Source Voltage Status Only 11 25V DC from DeviceNet Current Available 50 mA MAX per Input 300 mA Total Specifications 7 Bulletin 284G Continued Electrical Ratings UL NEMA IEC Environmental Operating Temperature Range 20 40 C 4 104 F Storage and Transportation Dane 25 85 C 13 185 Altitu
303. ted Motor Controller INCUN RR At Net Ctl Running Running 2 bas Low xxx x Hz 3 Output Frequency High xxx x Hz Refers to control brake contactor status Bulletin 284G CIP Information C 11 Instance 167 is input produced assembly for Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controllers with Network Outputs Table C 31 Instance 167 Produced Inverter Type Starter with Network Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 At Net Ctl Running Running 0 Referenc 140M On Status Ready Rev Fwd Alarm Tripped 1 Reserved iiu User In 5 User In 4 User In 3 User In 2 UserIn 1 User In O 2 Output Frequency Low xxx x Hz 3 Output Frequency High xxx x Hz 4 NetOut8 NetOut7 Net Out6 Net Out 5 Net Out 4 Net Out Net Out 2 Net Out 1 NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut 5 Net Out 15 14 13 12 11 10 Net Out 9 6 ZIP Device Value Key Low 7 ZIP Device Value Key High Refers to control brake contactor status Power Flex Native Assemblies These assembly instances have the same data format as the Power Flex Drives with a DNet adapter Power Flex Native Consumed Assembly Instance 170 is the Power Flex Native Format Consumed Assembly Table C 32 Instance 170 Power Flex Native Format Consumed Assembly Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit1 BitO 0 MOP Inc reserved Direction Cmd F
304. th each other in group installations per NFPA 79 Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery When applied according to the group motor installation requirements two or more motors of any rating or controller type are permitted on a single branch circuit Group Motor Installation has been successfully used for many years in the USA and Canada Note For additional information regarding group motor installations with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller see Appendix D In addition to conduit and seal tite raceway it is acceptable to utilize cable that is dual rated Tray Cable Type TC ER and Cord STOOW for power and control wiring on ArmorStart installations In the USA and Canada installations the following guidance is outlined by the NEC and NFPA 79 2 34 Installation and Wiring DeviceNet Network Installation In industrial establishments where the conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation and where the exposed cable is continuously supported and protected against physical damage using mechanical protection such as struts angles or channels Type TC tray cable that complies with the crush and impact requirements of Type MC Metal Clad cable and is identified for such use with the marking Type TC ER Exposed Run shall be permitted between a cable tray and the utilization equipment or device as open wiring The cable shall be secured at intervals not exceed
305. th UINT 8 16 Get Consumed Connection Path 21 OE 03 25 01 00 30 02 B 14 Bulletin 280G 281G CIP Information Discrete Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0008 The following services are implemented for the Connection Object Table B 35 Connection Objects Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name 0x05 No Yes Reset OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Point Object Table B 36 Discrete Input Point Object Class Attributes Revision 1 Get 2 2 Get Max Instance 6 Four instances of the Discrete Input Point Object are supported instances contain the following attributes Table B 37 Discrete Input Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 ON 115 Get Set Force Enable BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enabl e 116 Get Set Force Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0N The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Point Object Table B 38 Discrete Input Point Object Instance Common Services Implemented for Service Code Service Name Instance OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single Bulletin 2806 2816 CIP Information B 15 Discrete Output Point Object The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output
306. the PLC key switch is in the Program position If in any other position the download will not occur and an error will be generated Press when told the download was successful Now from the same pull down menu select Logic Enable The ArmorStart is now programmed and the logic is Active Using DeviceLogix 7 5 ArmorStart Fault Bit Status Bit Outputs and Produced Network Bits in the DeviceLogix Ladder Editor All ArmorStart Distributed Motor Starters support DeviceLogix When using the DeviceLogix ladder editor to program logic for an ArmorStart the bit names that are associated with fault bits status bits outputs and produced network bits when using the original DeviceLogix function block editor are not presented by the ladder editor Instead these bits are numbered Fault bits such as Overload Trip are tagged FBO FB1 FB2 etc Status bits such as Running Fwd are tagged SBO SB1 SB2 etc Outputs such as Run Reverse are tagged DOPO DOPI etc Produced Network Bits such as Fault Reset are tagged PNBO PNB1 etc The following steps provide information to program ArmorStart DeviceLogix programs with the ladder editor 1 Bulletin 280G and 281G ArmorStart Status Bits The screen capture below shows how to choose status bits in the ladder editor Ha Latch E Counter L Timer The following list contains the status bit
307. tor NP Volts Parameter Number 131 Related Parameters 104 184 185 187 Stop drive before changing this parameter Access Rule GET SET Set to the motor name plate rated volts Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 1V AC Minimum Value 20 Maximum Value 240V 460V or 600V AC Default Value Based on Drive Rating Motor NP Hertz Parameter Number 132 Set to the motor nameplate rated frequency Related Parameters 184 185 187 and 190 Access Rule GET SET Stop drive before changing this parameter Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 1Hz Minimum Value 15 Maximum Value 400 Default Value 60 Hz 4 26 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Motor OL Current Set to the maximum allowable current The drive fault on an F7 Motor Over load if the value of this parameter is exceeded by 15096 for 60 seconds Minimum Freq Sets the lowest frequency the drive will output continuously Maximum Freq Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the Highest frequency the drive will output continuously Start Source Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the control scheme used to start the Bulletin 284G ArmorStart 2 2 wire 3 2 wire Level Sensitive 4 2 wire High Speed 5 RS485 DSI Port Parameter Number 133 155 158 161 189 190 198 Related Parameter 214 218 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1A Mi
308. ts mask bit is set the MinimumValue 0 corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix zu data table Default Value 0 Zone 3 Mask Parameter Number 80 i Access Rule GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data Data Type BYTE mask for zone 3 Each bit represents a byte in consumed Group ZIP Parameters data up to 8 bytes in length If a Units mask bit is set the MinimumValue 0 corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix Maximum Value data table Default Value 0 Bulletin 280G 281G Programmable Parameters 3 19 Zone 4 Mask Parameter Number 81 Access Rule GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data Data Type BYTE mask for zone 4 Each bit represents a byte in consumed Group ZIP Parameters data up to 8 bytes in length If a Units mask bit is set the MinimumValue 0 corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix Manmun yae 239 data table Default Value 0 Zone 1 Offset Parameter Number 82 Access Rule GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data Data Type UINT portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen Group ZIP Parameters consumed data bytes for zone 1 Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 7 Default Value 0 Zone 2 Offset Parameter Number 83 Access Rule GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data Data Type UNIT portion of the DeviceLogix data table to
309. tus should be set to Not Healthy We will also leave the Zone Control parameters at their default telling the ArmorStart to consume Change of State Data for each zone and to disable data security checking Since data security checking is disabled we can also leave parameters 94 98 at their default values of 0 ArmorStart 2810 1 1 5 5A 120VAC General Device Parameters Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups On Line Upload From Device All parameters Sinus Upload From Device Restore Default Values Download To Device C AI Parameter Help SetMontr ID amp Parameter Current Value Zone 2 Offset Zone 3 Offset Zone 4 Offset Zone 1 EPR Zone 2 EPR 75 mSec Zone 3 EPR 75 mSec Zone 4 EPR 75 mSec Zone 1 Control XXXX0010 Zone amp 2 Control XXXX0010 zone 3 Control XXXX0010 Zone 4 Control XXXX0010 Zone 1 Zone 2 Key Zone 3 Key We will set the Zone Masks to the value of 00000011 binary This tells each zone to map bytes 1 and 2 to the DeviceLogix Data Table ArmorStart amp ZIP Configuration 8 9 ne ArmorStart 281D 1 1 5 5A 120VAC General Device Parameters uo Defaults EDS File DeviceLagix Groups On Line Upload From Device All parameters sis Restore Default Values DownoadToDevice To Device C Al Parameter Help ___ SetMontr amp Parameter Current Value Zone 3 Health Healthy a Zone 4 Health Healthy
310. ud Rate USINT 1 250K 2 500K Allocation Info Structure of 5 Get Allocation Choice BYTE Alocation_byte Master Node Addr USINT 255 unallocated 8 ID Switch Value BOOL 0 63 Allocation byte Bit 0 Explicit messaging Bit 1 Polled 1 0 Bit 4 COS 1 0 Bit 5 Cyclic 1 0 Bit 6 Acknowledge Suppression The following services are implemented for the DeviceNet Object Table B 11 DeviceNet Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Allocate_Master Slave 0x4B No Yes _Connection_Set Release Master Slave No Yes _Connection_Set Bulletin 2806 2816 CIP Information B 5 Assembly Object CLASS CODE 0x0004 Custom Parameter Based Word wise 1 0 Assemblies The following class attributes are supported for the Assembly Object Table B 12 Assembly Object Class Attributes 2 e Ur w of the various instances of the assembly object will support attribute 3 The following table summarizes the various instances that are supported Table B 13 DeviceNet Assembly Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Type Description 3 Consumed Required ODVA Consumed Instance 52 Produced Required ODVA Produced Instance 120 Produced Custom Parameter Based Word Wise Assembly 160 Consumed Default Consumed Instance for DOL 161 Produced Default Produced Instance for
311. ue 0 Bit 10 15 Reserved Wiring Options Parameter Number 58 Access Rule GET BIO carts Data Type WORD Bit 1 Round Media z Bits 2 15 28xG Group Misc Bits 3 15 Reserved Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Starter Enclosure Parameter Number 59 Access Rule GET Bit 0 IP67 Data Type WORD Bit 1 NEMA 4x Bit 2 SIL3 CAT4 Group Misc Bits 3 15 reserved Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 3 16 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters ZIP Parameters Starter Option Parameter Number 60 Access Rule GET Bit 0 HOA Keypad Data Type WORD Bit 1 Safety Monitor Bit 2 Source Brake Group Misc Bits 4 15 Reserved Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 66535 Default Value AutoRun Zip Parameter Number 67 Access Rule Get Set Enables ZIP data production on Data Type BOOL power up Group ZIP Parameters 0 Disable Units 1 Enable MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone Produced EPR Parameter Number 68 Access Rule GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in Data Type UINT msec Defines the rate at which ZIP data is produced Defaults to Group Zip Parameter 75 msec Units msec MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone Produced PIT Parameter Number 69 Access Rule GET SET The Production Inhibit Time in Data Type UINT
312. ulates the present resistor body temperature but also predicts the future resistor body temperature The resistor overtemperature level is based on the predicted future resistor body temperature not on the present resistor body temperature This fault is disabled when parameter 182 DB Resistor Sel is Disabled Troubleshooting DB Resistor body temperature is too hot Allow resistor to cool DB Overcurrent Fault The DB1 compares each current measurement against the Max Current Level If 5 consecutive samples are above the Max Current Level then a fault is recorded This fault is intended to notify the user if the DB resistance is lower than expected This fault is disabled when parameter 182 DB Resistor Sel is Disabled Troubleshooting DB monitor has measured a DB current higher than expected Turn off all power to unit Allow at least 3 minutes for capacitors to discharge Disconnect DB resistor from ArmorStart control module Caution DB resistor may still be hot Measure DB resistor value at the connector with an ohmmeter DB resistor value should be within the limits defined in Table 10 4 If DB resistance value is within limits replace control module If not replace DB resistor 10 8 Troubleshooting DB Undercurrent Fault The DB1 compares each current measurement against the Min Current Level The Min Current Level 2 Min DB Voltage Level Max DB Resistance If 5 consecutive samples are below the Min Current
313. um Value 0 Maximum Value 188 Default Value 164 Parameter Number 12 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 190 Default Value 165 Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 9 Prod Assy Word 0 This parameter is used to build bytes 0 1 for produced assembly 120 Produced Assy Word 1 This parameter is used to build bytes 2 3 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 2 This parameter is used to build bytes 4 5 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 3 This parameter is used to build bytes 6 7 for produced assembly 120 Consumer 1 0 Size This parameter maps to the Scanner Tx Size Parameter Number 13 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 262 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 14 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 262 Default Value 4 Parameter Number 15 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 262 Default Value 5 Parameter Number 16 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 262 Default Value 6 Parameter Number 17 Access Rule GET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 4
314. ve logically false FALSE 5 Step if Logic In2 is not active logically false FALSE 6 Step if either Logic In1 or Logic In2 is active logically true OR 7 Step if both Logic In1 and Logic In2 is active logically true AND 8 Step if neither Logic In1 or Logic In2 is active logically true NOR Step Logic Basic Logic and Timer Counter Functions Setting Description Logic 9 Step if Logic In1 is active logically true and Logic In2 is not active logically false XOR A Step if Logic In2 is active logically true and Logic In is not active logically false XOR b Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In1 is active logically true TIMED AND C Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In2 is active logically true TIMED AND d Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In1 is not active logically false TIMED OR E Step after Stp Logic Time x and Logic In2 is not active logically false TIMED OR F Do not step OR no jump to so use Digit 0 logic IGNORE Setting Description Logic 0 Skip Step jump immediately SKIP 1 Step based on the time programmed in the respective Stp Logic Time x parameter TIMED 2 Step if Logic In1 is active logically true TRUE 3 Step if Logic In2 is active logically true TRUE 4 Step if Logic In1 is not active logically false FALSE 5 Step if Logic In2 is not active logically false FALSE 6 Step if either Logic In1 or Logic In2 is
315. ve motor cable 3 Loosen the four mounting screws 4 Unplug the Control module from the base by pulling forward Installation of Control Module 5 Install control module 6 Tighten four mounting screws 7 Install motor and control brake cable Figure 10 1 Bulletin 280G 281G Control Module Replacement 3 39 Nm 10 16 Troubleshooting Control Module Replacement Bulletin 2840 Note DeviceNet base module is shown Removal of Control Module vui i avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices 1 Disconnect from power source 2 Remove motor cable 3 Loosen the four mounting screws 4 Unplug the Control module from the base by pulling forward Installation of Control Module 5 Install control module 6 Tighten four mounting screws 7 Install all cables to starter module Figure 10 2 Bulletin 284G Control Module Replacement Troubleshooting 10 17 Base Module Replacement Removal of Base Module Bulletin 2800 2810 vui i avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices 1 Disconnect from power source 2 Remove motor control brake control and three phase power comunication and all other cables connected to the inputs 3 Loosen four mounting screws on the Starter Module 4 Unplug the Control Module from the base
316. when a protection trip occurs When set to 1 Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 continue to operate as command via the network When set to 0 Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 will open or close as determined by setting in Parameter 50 0 Go to PrFIt Value 1 Ignore PrFit Drvin PrFitValue This parameter determines the state of Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 assumes when a trip occurs and Parameter 49 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close Parameter Number 48 Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 4095 Default Value 0 Bit Function 5 4 3 0 X Accel 1 En Accel2 En Decel 1 En X Decel 3 En X Freq Sel 0 X mE Freq Sel 1 Freq Sel 2 Reserved Drv In 1 Drv In 2 Drv In 3 Drv In 4 Parameter Number 49 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 50 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value oO Bulletin 284G Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 4 19 Drvin DNFItState This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 52 defines how the Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 will respond wh
317. y Running Rev Running Fwd Warning Tripped 2 140M On HOA User In 4 User In3 UserIn2 User In 1 3 NetOut8 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 NetOut 1 4 Net Out 15 Net Out 14 Net Out 13 Net Out 12 NetOut11 NetOut10 Net Out9 5 Device Value Key low 6 Device Value Key high And assuming that the 1799 7CIO module is producing the following data 1799 ZCIO Produced Assembly Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 Input 7 Input 6 Input 5 Input 4 Input 3 Input 2 Input 1 Input 0 2 Logic Ena Input 9 Input 8 3 Output 7 Output 6 Output 5 Output4 Output3 Output2 Output 1 Output 0 4 Output9 Output 8 5 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 NetOut1 Net Out 6 ZIP CCV Low 7 ZIP CCV High The above configuration results in the following DeviceLogix ZIP Data Table mapping ZIPO Zone 1 ZIP 1 Zone 1 ZIP 2 Zone 1 ZIP 3 Zone 1 ZIP 4 Zone 1 ZIP 5 Zone 1 ZIP 6 Zone 1 ZIP 7 Zone 1 ZIP 8 Zone 1 ZIP9 Zone 1 ZIP 10 Zone 1 ZIP 11 Zone 1 ZIP 12 Zone 1 ZIP 13 Zone 1 ZIP 14 Zone 1 ZIP 15 Zone 1 ZIP 16 Zone 2 ZIP 17 Zone 2 ZIP 18 Zone 2 ZIP 19 Zone 2 ZIP 20 Zone 2 ZIP 21 Zone 2 ZIP 22 Zone 2 ZIP 23 Zone 2 ZIP 24 Zone 2 ZIP 25 Zone 2 ZIP 26 Zone 2 ZIP 27 Zone 2 ZIP 28 Zone 2 ZIP 29 Zone 2 ZIP 30 Zone 2 ZIP 31 Zone 2 Tripped Warning Running Fwd Running R
318. y kJ Motor Motor Cycle Motor Cycle 400 480 Volt AC Input Drives 0 37 0 5 284R 360P500 M 360 0 086 17 30596 100 47 150 31 0 75 1 284R 360P500 M 360 0 086 17 220 100 23 150 15 1 5 2 284R 360P500 M 360 0 086 17 110 100 12 110 11 2 2 3 284R 120P1K2 M 120 0 26 52 197 100 24 150 16 4 5 284R 120P1K2 M 120 0 26 52 124 100 13 124 10 Note Always check the resistor ohms against minimum resistance for drive being used Note Duty Cycle listed is based on full speed to zero speed deceleration For constance regen at full speed duty cycle capability is half of what is listed Application Type 1 represents maximum capability up to 100 braking torque where possible Application Type 2 represents more than 100 braking torque where possible up to a maximum of 150 Specifications A 11 ArmorConnect Three Phase Power Media Table 1 A Patchcords Pin Assembly Count Rating Cat No Straight Female Right Angle Female Straight Female Right Angle Female Straight Male Straight Male Right Angle Male Right Angle Male 4 pin 600V 25A 280 PWRM35A M 280 PWRM35A M 280 PWRM35A M 280 PWRM35A Mo The cat no is incomplete as shown For desired length replace the symbol with 05 0 5 m 1 62 ft 1 1 m 3 3 ft 015 1 5 m 4 9 ft 2 2 m 6 5 ft 025 2 5 m 8 1 ft 3 3 m 9 8 ft 4 4 m 13 1 ft 6 6 m 19 7 ft 8 8 m 26 2 ft 10 10 m 32 8 ft 12 12 m
319. z Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 0 Bit Function 13 12111 10 9 8 7 5143 2 Tripped ES Ie ul Warning x5 Running Fwd Running Rev res e eem DX imos Ready ELE E EIE mm Net Ctl Status sm ees s e zu Reserved c At Reference exe esr csse eam Reserved S emm emm eme Reserved Reserved sx sse Keypad Hand aeg ec cu din dun ET is HOA Status X Tm eee 140M On DNet Status Parameter Number 6 Access Rule GET 4 Data Type WORD This parameter provides status of the DeviceNet connection Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32 767 Default Value 0 Bulletin 2806 2816 Programmable Parameters Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Explicit Connection 1 0 Connection Explicit Fault 1 0 Fault 1 0 Idle Reserved ZIP 1 Cnxn ZIP 1 Fit ZIP 2 Cnxn ZIP 2 Fit ZIP 3 Cnxn ZIP 3 Fit ZIP 4 Cnxn ZIP 4 Fit Starter Command Parameter Number 7 Access Rule GET The parameter provides the Data Type WORD status of the starter command Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 M

ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents